===== licenses/Emscripten-AUTHORS.txt ===== Contributors to Emscripten may optionally add themselves to this list of authors if they choose to do so. This is optional because the git history is good enough for that purpose, and in fact most projects do not maintain such a manual list. While the file is not necessary, to preserve the history of the project we are not removing it. (Authors keep copyright of their contributions, of course; they just grant a license to everyone to use it as detailed in LICENSE.) * Alon Zakai (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Tim Dawborn * Max Shawabkeh * Sigmund Vik * Jeff Terrace * Benoit Tremblay * Andreas Bergmeier * Ben Schwartz * David Claughton * David Yip * Julien Hamaide * Ehsan Akhgari (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Adrian Taylor * Richard Assar * Nathan Hammond * Behdad Esfahbod * David Benjamin * Pierre Renaux * Brian Anderson * Jon Bardin * Jukka Jylänki * Aleksander Guryanov * Chad Austin (copyright owned by IMVU) * nandhp * YeZhongWen * Xingxing Pan * Justin Kerk * Andrea Bedini * James Pike * Mokhtar Naamani * Benjamin Stover * Riccardo Magliocchetti * Janus Troelsen * Lars Schneider (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Joel Martin * Manuel Wellmann (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Xuejie Xiao * Dominic Wong * Alan Kligman (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Anthony Liot * Michael Riss * Jasper St. Pierre * Manuel Schölling * Bruce Mitchener, Jr. * Michael Bishop * Roger Braun * Vladimir Vukicevic (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Lorant Pinter * Tobias Doerffel * Martin von Gagern * Ting-Yuan Huang * Joshua Granick * Felix H. Dahlke * Éloi Rivard * Alexander Gladysh * Arlo Breault * Jacob Lee (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Joe Lee (copyright owned by IMVU) * Andy Friesen (copyright owned by IMVU) * Bill Welden (copyright owned by IMVU) * Michael Ey (copyright owned by IMVU) * Llorens Marti Garcia (copyright owned by IMVU) * Jinsuck Kim (copyright owned by IMVU) * Todd Lee (copyright owned by IMVU) * Anthony Pesch * Robert Bragg (copyright owned by Intel Corporation) * Sylvestre Ledru * Tom Fairfield * Anthony J. Thibault * John Allwine * Martin Gerhardy * James Gregory (copyright owned by Zynga, Inc.) * Dan Gohman (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Jeff Gilbert (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Frits Talbot * Onno Jongbloed * Jez Ng * Marc Feeley (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Ludovic Perrine * David Barksdale * Manfred Manik Nerurkar (copyright owned by MADE, GmbH) * Joseph Gentle * Douglas T. Crosher (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Douglas T. Crosher (copyright owned by Scieneer Pty Ltd.) * Soeren Balko (copyright owned by Clipchamp Pty Ltd.) * Ryan Kelly (ryan@rfk.id.au) * Michael Lelli * Yu Kobayashi * Pin Zhang * Nick Bray (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Aidan Hobson Sayers * Charlie Birks * Ranger Harke (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Tobias Vrinssen * Patrick R. Martin * Richard Quirk * Marcos Scriven * Antoine Lambert * Daniel Aquino * Remi Papillie * Fraser Adams * Michael Tirado * Ben Noordhuis * Bob Roberts * John Vilk * Daniel Baulig (copyright owned by Facebook, Inc.) * Lu Wang * Heidi Pan (copyright owned by Intel) * Vasilis Kalintiris * Adam C. Clifton * Volo Zyko * Andre Weissflog * Alexandre Perrot * Emerson José Silveira da Costa * Jari Vetoniemi * Sindre Sorhus * James S Urquhart * Boris Gjenero * jonas echterhoff * Sami Vaarala * Jack A. Arrington * Richard Janicek * Joel Croteau * Haneef Mubarak * Nicolas Peri (copyright owned by ShiVa Technologies, SAS) * Bernhard Fey * Dave Nicponski * Jonathan Jarri * Daniele Di Proietto * Dan Dascalescu * Thomas Borsos * Ori Avtalion * Guillaume Blanc * Usagi Ito * Camilo Polymeris * Markus Henschel * Ophir Lojkine * Ryan Sturgell (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Jason Green (copyright owned by TransGaming, Inc.) * Ningxin Hu (copyright owned by Intel) * Nicolas Guillemot * Sathyanarayanan Gunasekaran (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Nikolay Vorobyov * Jonas Platte * Sebastien Ronsse * Glenn R. Wichman * Hamish Willee (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Sylvain Chevalier * Nathan Ross * Zachary Pomerantz * Boris Tsarev * Mark Logan (copyright owned by Artillery Games, Inc.) * Коренберг Марк * Gauthier Billot * Árpád Goretity * Nicholas Wilson * Aaron Mandle * Bailey Hayes (copyright owned by SAS Institute Inc.) * Paul Holland * James Long * David Anderson (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Eric Rannaud (copyright owned by Nanocritical Corp.) * William Furr (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Dan Glastonbury (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Warren Seine (copyright owned by Aerys SAS) * Petr Babicka * Akira Takahashi * Victor Costan * Pepijn Van Eeckhoudt (copyright owned by Luciad NV) * Stevie Trujillo * Edward Rudd * Rene Eichhorn * Nick Desaulniers (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Luke Wagner (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Matt McCormick * Thaddée Tyl * Philipp Wiesemann * Jan Jongboom (copyright owned by Telenor Digital AS) * Tiago Quelhas * Reinier de Blois * Yuichi Nishiwaki * Jérôme Bernard (copyright owned by Ercom) * Chanhwi Choi * Fábio Santos * Thibaut Despoulain (copyright owned by Artillery Games, Inc.) * Wei Tjong Yao * Tim Guan-tin Chien * Krzysztof Jakubowski * Vladimír Vondruš * Brion Vibber * Philip Lafleur * Javier Meseguer de Paz * Michael A. Balazs * Andreas Blixt * Haofeng Zhang * Cody Welsh * Hoong Ern Ng * Kagami Hiiragi * Jan Bölsche * Sebastian Matthes (copyright owned by Volkswagen AG) * Robert Goulet (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Juha Järvi * Louis Lagrange * Ying-Ruei Liang * Stuart Geipel * Yeonjun Lim * Andrew Karpushin * Felix Zimmermann * Sven-Hendrik Haase * Simon Sandström * Khaled Sami * Omar El-Mohandes * Florian Rival * Mark Achée * Piotr Paczkowski * Braden MacDonald * Kevin Cheung (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Josh Peterson * eska * Nate Burr * Paul "TBBle" Hampson * Andreas Plesch * Brian Armstrong * Vincenzo Chianese * Noam T.Cohen * Nick Shin * Gregg Tavares * Tanner Rogalsky * Richard Cook (copyright owned by Tableau Software, Inc.) * Arnab Choudhury (copyright owned by Tableau Software, Inc.) * Charles Vaughn (copyright owned by Tableau Software, Inc.) * Pierre Krieger * Jakob Stoklund Olesen * Jérémy Anger * Derek Schuff (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Ashley Sommer * Dave Fletcher * Lars-Magnus Skog * Pieter Vantorre * Maher Sallam * Andrey Burov * Holland Schutte * Kerby Geffrard * cynecx * Chris Gibson * Harald Reingruber * Aiden Koss * Dustin VanLerberghe * Philip Bielby (copyright owned by Jagex Ltd.) * Régis Fénéon * Dominic Chen (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Junji Hashimoto * Heejin Ahn (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Andras Kucsma * Mateusz Borycki * Franklin Ta * Jacob Gravelle (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Kagami Sascha Rosylight * Benny Jacobs * Ray Brown * Christopher Serr * Aaron Ruß (copyright owned by DFKI GmbH) * Vilibald Wanča * Alex Hixon * Vladimir Davidovich * Yuriy Levchenko * Dmitry Tolmachov * Dylan McKay * Christophe Gragnic * Murphy McCauley * Anatoly Trosinenko * Brad Grantham * Sam Clegg (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Joshua Lind * Hiroaki GOTO as "GORRY" * Mikhail Kremnyov (copyright owned by XCDS International) * Tasuku SUENAGA a.k.a. gunyarakun * Vitorio Miguel Prieto Cilia * Evan Wallace * Henning Pohl * Tim Neumann * Ondrej Stava (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Jakub Jirutka * Loo Rong Jie * Jean-François Geyelin * Matthew Collins * Satoshi N. M * Ryan Speets * Fumiya Chiba * Ryan C. Gordon * Inseok Lee * Yair Levinson (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Matjaž Drolc * James Swift (copyright owned by PSPDFKit GmbH) * Ryan Lester (copyright owned by Cyph, Inc.) * Nikolay Zapolnov * Nazar Mokrynskyi * Yury Delendik (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Kenneth Perry * Jim Mussared * Dirk Vanden Boer * Mitchell Foley (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Oleksandr Chekhovskyi * Michael Siebert * Jonathan Hale * Etienne Brateau * Zhiming Wang * Jameson Ernst * Yoan Lecoq * Jiajie Hu (copyright owned by Intel Corporation) * Kamil Klimek * José Carlos Pujol * Dannii Willis * Erik Dubbelboer * Sergey Tsatsulin * varkor * Stuart Knightley * Amadeus Guo * Nathan Froyd (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Daniel Wirtz * Kibeom Kim * Marcel Klammer * Axel Forsman * Ebrahim Byagowi * Thorsten Möller * Michael Droettboom * Nicolas Bouquet * Miguel Saldivar * Gert Van Hoey * Valtteri Heikkilä * Daniel McNab * Tyler Limkemann * Ben Smith (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Sylvain Beucler * Patrik Weiskircher * Tobias Widlund * Rob Fors * Mike Frysinger (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Sébasiten Crozet * Andrey Nagikh * Dzmitry Malyshau (copyright owned by Mozilla Foundation) * Bjorn Swenson * Ryhor Spivak * Jan Schär * Ryhor Spivak * Alexander Bich * Ashleigh Thomas * Veniamin Petrenko * Ian Henderson * Siim Kallas * Carl Woffenden (copyright owned by Numfum GmbH) * Patrick Berger (copyright owned by Compusoft Group) * Alexander Frank Lehmann (copyright owned by Compusoft Group) * Tommy Nguyen * Thomas Schander (copyright owned by Enscape GmbH) * Benjamin S. Rodgers * Paul Shapiro * Elmo Todurov * Zoltán Žarkov * Roman Yurchak * Hampton Maxwell * Eric Fiselier (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Sirapop Wongstapornpat * Matt Kane * Altan Özlü * Mary S * Martin Birks * Kirill Smelkov (copyright owned by Nexedi) * Lutz Hören * Pedro K Custodio * Nicolas Allemand * Gabriel Cuvillier * Thomas Lively (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Brandon Surmanski * Rian Hunter * Kai Ninomiya (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Mickaël Schoentgen * Renaud Leroy * Florian Stellbrink * Shane Peelar * Alessandro Pignotti * Zheng Tao Lee (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Martina Kraus * Jacob Adelgren * Ingvar Stepanyan * Ben Trapani (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Tim Lander * Jacob Greenfield * Joseph Kogut * Yi Zhang * Marc Abramowitz * Daniel Ruf * Timothy Trindle (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Matthew Andres Moreno * Eric Mandel * Anthony Catel * Simon Cooper * Amir Rasouli * Nico Weber * Bas Doorn (copyright owned by Keyn B.V.) * Adam Bujalski (copyright owned by Samsung Electronics) * Guanzhong Chen (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Denis Serebro * Lucas Ramage * Andy Wingo (copyright owned by Igalia) * Philipp Gloor (copyright owned by PDF Tools AG) * Jasmine Minter (copyright owned by Clipchamp Pty Ltd.) * Ferris Kwaijtaal * Konstantin Podsvirov * Eduardo Bart * Zoltan Varga (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Fernando Serboncini * Christian Clauss (copyright owned by IBM) * Henry Kleynhans (copyright owned by Bloomberg L.P.) * FUJI Goro * Egor Suvorov (copyright owned by think-cell Software GmbH) * James Kuszmaul * Wei Mingzhi * Sergey karchevsky * Ajay Patel * Adrien Devresse * Petr Penzin (copyright owned by Intel Corporation) * Tayeb Al Karim (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Andrei Alexeyev * Cesar Guirao Robles * Ricky Claven * Mehdi Sabwat * MinganMuon * Jonathan Feinberg * Osman Turan * Jaikanth J * Gernot Lassnig * Christian Boos * Erik Scholz * Michael de Lang * Gergely Nagy * Jan Habermann * John Granström * Clemens Backes (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Tibor Klajnscek * Benjamin Golinvaux * Peter Salomonsen * Niklas Fiekas * Martín Lucas Golini * Bumsik Kim * Corentin Wallez (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Austin Eng (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Hugo Amiard * Diego Casorran * sssooonnnggg * Guillaume Racicot * SK Min * Fabio Alessandrelli * Kirill Gavrilov * Karl Semich <0xloem@gmail.com> * Louis DeScioli (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Kleis Auke Wolthuizen * Michael Potthoff * Abigail Bunyan (copyright owned by Microsoft Corporation) * David García Paredes * Dan Field (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Mike Swierczek * Vasily * Jānis Rūcis * rssqian * Shachar Langbeheim * Laurin Agostini * David Carlier * Paul Du (copyright owned by ARSKAN) * Piotr Doan * Stuart Schechter * Brett Paterson * Robert Aboukhalil * Jonathan Poelen * Ashley Hauck * Junyue Cao * Elías Serrano * Philip Pfaffe (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Troy Tae * Sky Wang * popomen * Artyom Lebedev * Sebastián Gurin (cancerberoSgx) * Benedikt Meurer (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Jiulong Wang * pudinha * Nicholas Phillips * Colin Guyon (copyright owned by InSimo, SAS) * Mathias Westerdahl * Philip Rideout (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Shrek Shao (shrekshao@google.com) (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Arran Ireland * Jia Yuan Lo * Philip Lassen * Antoine du Hamel * Alexander Köplinger (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Kenneth Pouncey (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Mitchell Hwang (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Sean Maher (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Paul Peny * Prashanth Nethi * Max Weisel * Georg Rottensteiner * Tristan Griffin (Copyright owned by HCL) * Julien Jorge * Benjamin Lee * Attila Oláh (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Marat Dukhan (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Raphael Siegel * Stephan Reiter (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * kamenokonyokonyoko * Lectem * Henrik Algestam * Rocco Musolino * Pawel Czarnecki (copyright owned by 8th Wall, Inc.) * Dhairya Bahl < dhairyabahl5@gmail.com > * Sam Gao * Sebastian Mayr * Vladimir Gamalyan * Jean-Sébastien Nadeau (copyright owned by Foundry Interactive Inc.) * Wouter van Oortmerssen (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Alexey Sokolov (copyright owned by Google, LLC) * Lukas Rieger * Ivan Romanovski * Max Brunsfeld * Basil Fierz * Rod Hyde * Aleksey Kliger (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Nicolas Ollinger * Michael R. Crusoe * Dexter Chua * Thomas Ballinger * Mehdi Sadeghi * Amin Yahyaabadi * Adam Leskis * Raffaele Pertile * Patric Stout * Jinoh Kang * Jorge Prendes * Alexey Shamrin * Wirtos * Ben den Hollander (copyright owned by DynaScape Software Inc.) * Akul Penugonda * Jan Wolff * Pawel Czarnecki (copyright owned by 8th Wall, Inc.) * Camil Staps * Michael Kircher * Sharad Saxena (copyright owned by Autodesk, Inc.) * Vasili Skurydzin * Jakub Nowakowski * Michael Taylor * Andrew Brown (copyright owned by Intel Corporation) * Benjamin Puzycki * Marco Buono (copyright owned by InVisionApp, Inc.) * Philip Gossweiler * Rafael Brune * Aleksi Sapon (copyright owned by FARO Technologies, Inc.) * Radek Doulik (copyright owned by Microsoft, Inc.) * Érico Porto * Albert Vaca Cintora * Zhi An Ng (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Ian Jackson * Brian Gontowski * Bobbie Chen * Nicholas Hollander * Camillo Lugaresi (copyright owned by Google LLC) * Chris Craig * Le Yao (copyright owned by Intel Corporation) * José Cadete * Cynthia K. Rey * Andrew Shaitorov * on-keyday * Matthew Balch * James Price (copyright owned by Google, Inc.) * Nathan Rugg (copyright owned by Chess.com, LLC) * Alexander O'Mara * Kamaron Peterson * Márton Marczell (copyright owned by GRAPHISOFT SE) * Alexander Vestin * Xiaobing Yang * Alexandra Cherdantseva * Michael Schmuki * Skye Gibney * Piotr Wierciński * 郑苏波 (Super Zheng) * James Hu * Jerry Zhuang * Taisei Kon * YAMAMOTO Takashi * Artur Gatin (copyright owned by Teladoc Health, Inc.) * Christian Lloyd (copyright owned by Teladoc Health, Inc.) * Sean Morris ===== licenses/Emscripten-LICENSE.txt ===== Emscripten is available under 2 licenses, the MIT license and the University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License. Both are permissive open source licenses, with little if any practical difference between them. The reason for offering both is that (1) the MIT license is well-known, while (2) the University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License allows Emscripten's code to be integrated upstream into LLVM, which uses that license, should the opportunity arise. The full text of both licenses follows. ============================================================================== Copyright (c) 2010-2014 Emscripten authors, see AUTHORS file. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ============================================================================== Copyright (c) 2010-2014 Emscripten authors, see AUTHORS file. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal with the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. Neither the names of Mozilla, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS WITH THE SOFTWARE. ============================================================================== This program uses portions of Node.js source code located in src/library_path.js, in accordance with the terms of the MIT license. Node's license follows: """ Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. """ The musl libc project is bundled in this repo, and it has the MIT license, see system/lib/libc/musl/COPYRIGHT The third_party/ subdirectory contains code with other licenses. None of it is used by default, but certain options use it (e.g., the optional closure compiler flag will run closure compiler from third_party/). ===== licenses/Synthetic-HEIC-MIT.txt ===== MIT License Copyright (c) 2026 Thomas Braun Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/compiler-rt-LICENSE.txt ===== ============================================================================== The LLVM Project is under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions: ============================================================================== Apache License Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION 1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License. "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License. "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files. "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below). "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof. "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work. 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License. You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License. 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives. Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. ---- LLVM Exceptions to the Apache 2.0 License ---- As an exception, if, as a result of your compiling your source code, portions of this Software are embedded into an Object form of such source code, you may redistribute such embedded portions in such Object form without complying with the conditions of Sections 4(a), 4(b) and 4(d) of the License. In addition, if you combine or link compiled forms of this Software with software that is licensed under the GPLv2 ("Combined Software") and if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the patent provision (Section 3), the indemnity provision (Section 9) or other Section of the License conflicts with the conditions of the GPLv2, you may retroactively and prospectively choose to deem waived or otherwise exclude such Section(s) of the License, but only in their entirety and only with respect to the Combined Software. ============================================================================== Software from third parties included in the LLVM Project: ============================================================================== The LLVM Project contains third party software which is under different license terms. All such code will be identified clearly using at least one of two mechanisms: 1) It will be in a separate directory tree with its own `LICENSE.txt` or `LICENSE` file at the top containing the specific license and restrictions which apply to that software, or 2) It will contain specific license and restriction terms at the top of every file. ============================================================================== Legacy LLVM License (https://llvm.org/docs/DeveloperPolicy.html#legacy): ============================================================================== The compiler_rt library is dual licensed under both the University of Illinois "BSD-Like" license and the MIT license. As a user of this code you may choose to use it under either license. As a contributor, you agree to allow your code to be used under both. Full text of the relevant licenses is included below. ============================================================================== University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License Copyright (c) 2009-2019 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT All rights reserved. Developed by: LLVM Team University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign http://llvm.org Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal with the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the names of the LLVM Team, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS WITH THE SOFTWARE. ============================================================================== Copyright (c) 2009-2015 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/dlmalloc-source.c ===== /* XXX Emscripten XXX */ #if __EMSCRIPTEN__ // When building for wasm we export `malloc` and `emscripten_builtin_malloc` as // weak alias of the internal `dlmalloc` which is static to this file. #define DLMALLOC_EXPORT static /* mmap uses malloc, so malloc can't use mmap */ #define HAVE_MMAP 0 /* Emscripten's sbrk can interpret unsigned values greater than (MAX_SIZE_T / 2U) (2GB) correctly */ #define UNSIGNED_MORECORE 1 /* we can only grow the heap up anyhow, so don't try to trim */ #define MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM 1 #ifndef DLMALLOC_DEBUG /* dlmalloc has many checks, calls to abort() increase code size, leave them only in debug builds */ #define ABORT __builtin_unreachable() /* allow malloc stats only in debug builds, which brings in stdio code. */ #define NO_MALLOC_STATS 1 #define MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE int #endif /* XXX Emscripten Tracing API. This defines away the code if tracing is disabled. */ #include #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN_WASM_WORKERS__ #define USE_LOCKS 1 #endif /* Make malloc() and free() threadsafe by securing the memory allocations with pthread mutexes. */ #if __EMSCRIPTEN_PTHREADS__ #define USE_LOCKS 1 #define USE_SPIN_LOCKS 0 // Ensure we use pthread_mutex_t. #endif #ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT #include /* `malloc`ed pointers must be aligned at least as strictly as max_align_t. */ #define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (__alignof__(max_align_t)) /* Emscripten aligns even float128 to 64-bits, to save size and increase speed. See https://github.com/emscripten-core/emscripten/issues/10072 */ _Static_assert(MALLOC_ALIGNMENT == 8, "max_align_t must be 8"); #endif #endif // __EMSCRIPTEN__ #define __THROW #define __attribute_malloc__ #define __wur /* This is a version (aka dlmalloc) of malloc/free/realloc written by Doug Lea and released to the public domain, as explained at http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/ Send questions, comments, complaints, performance data, etc to dl@cs.oswego.edu * Version 2.8.6 Wed Aug 29 06:57:58 2012 Doug Lea Note: There may be an updated version of this malloc obtainable at ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc.c Check before installing! * Quickstart This library is all in one file to simplify the most common usage: ftp it, compile it (-O3), and link it into another program. All of the compile-time options default to reasonable values for use on most platforms. You might later want to step through various compile-time and dynamic tuning options. For convenience, an include file for code using this malloc is at: ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc-2.8.6.h You don't really need this .h file unless you call functions not defined in your system include files. The .h file contains only the excerpts from this file needed for using this malloc on ANSI C/C++ systems, so long as you haven't changed compile-time options about naming and tuning parameters. If you do, then you can create your own malloc.h that does include all settings by cutting at the point indicated below. Note that you may already by default be using a C library containing a malloc that is based on some version of this malloc (for example in linux). You might still want to use the one in this file to customize settings or to avoid overheads associated with library versions. * Vital statistics: Supported pointer/size_t representation: 4 or 8 bytes size_t MUST be an unsigned type of the same width as pointers. (If you are using an ancient system that declares size_t as a signed type, or need it to be a different width than pointers, you can use a previous release of this malloc (e.g. 2.7.2) supporting these.) Alignment: 8 bytes (minimum) This suffices for nearly all current machines and C compilers. However, you can define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT to be wider than this if necessary (up to 128bytes), at the expense of using more space. Minimum overhead per allocated chunk: 4 or 8 bytes (if 4byte sizes) 8 or 16 bytes (if 8byte sizes) Each malloced chunk has a hidden word of overhead holding size and status information, and additional cross-check word if FOOTERS is defined. Minimum allocated size: 4-byte ptrs: 16 bytes (including overhead) 8-byte ptrs: 32 bytes (including overhead) Even a request for zero bytes (i.e., malloc(0)) returns a pointer to something of the minimum allocatable size. The maximum overhead wastage (i.e., number of extra bytes allocated than were requested in malloc) is less than or equal to the minimum size, except for requests >= mmap_threshold that are serviced via mmap(), where the worst case wastage is about 32 bytes plus the remainder from a system page (the minimal mmap unit); typically 4096 or 8192 bytes. Security: static-safe; optionally more or less The "security" of malloc refers to the ability of malicious code to accentuate the effects of errors (for example, freeing space that is not currently malloc'ed or overwriting past the ends of chunks) in code that calls malloc. This malloc guarantees not to modify any memory locations below the base of heap, i.e., static variables, even in the presence of usage errors. The routines additionally detect most improper frees and reallocs. All this holds as long as the static bookkeeping for malloc itself is not corrupted by some other means. This is only one aspect of security -- these checks do not, and cannot, detect all possible programming errors. If FOOTERS is defined nonzero, then each allocated chunk carries an additional check word to verify that it was malloced from its space. These check words are the same within each execution of a program using malloc, but differ across executions, so externally crafted fake chunks cannot be freed. This improves security by rejecting frees/reallocs that could corrupt heap memory, in addition to the checks preventing writes to statics that are always on. This may further improve security at the expense of time and space overhead. (Note that FOOTERS may also be worth using with MSPACES.) By default detected errors cause the program to abort (calling "abort()"). You can override this to instead proceed past errors by defining PROCEED_ON_ERROR. In this case, a bad free has no effect, and a malloc that encounters a bad address caused by user overwrites will ignore the bad address by dropping pointers and indices to all known memory. This may be appropriate for programs that should continue if at all possible in the face of programming errors, although they may run out of memory because dropped memory is never reclaimed. If you don't like either of these options, you can define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION and USAGE_ERROR_ACTION to do anything else. And if if you are sure that your program using malloc has no errors or vulnerabilities, you can define INSECURE to 1, which might (or might not) provide a small performance improvement. It is also possible to limit the maximum total allocatable space, using malloc_set_footprint_limit. This is not designed as a security feature in itself (calls to set limits are not screened or privileged), but may be useful as one aspect of a secure implementation. Thread-safety: NOT thread-safe unless USE_LOCKS defined non-zero When USE_LOCKS is defined, each public call to malloc, free, etc is surrounded with a lock. By default, this uses a plain pthread mutex, win32 critical section, or a spin-lock if if available for the platform and not disabled by setting USE_SPIN_LOCKS=0. However, if USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS is defined, recursive versions are used instead (which are not required for base functionality but may be needed in layered extensions). Using a global lock is not especially fast, and can be a major bottleneck. It is designed only to provide minimal protection in concurrent environments, and to provide a basis for extensions. If you are using malloc in a concurrent program, consider instead using nedmalloc (http://www.nedprod.com/programs/portable/nedmalloc/) or ptmalloc (See http://www.malloc.de), which are derived from versions of this malloc. System requirements: Any combination of MORECORE and/or MMAP/MUNMAP This malloc can use unix sbrk or any emulation (invoked using the CALL_MORECORE macro) and/or mmap/munmap or any emulation (invoked using CALL_MMAP/CALL_MUNMAP) to get and release system memory. On most unix systems, it tends to work best if both MORECORE and MMAP are enabled. On Win32, it uses emulations based on VirtualAlloc. It also uses common C library functions like memset. Compliance: I believe it is compliant with the Single Unix Specification (See http://www.unix.org). Also SVID/XPG, ANSI C, and probably others as well. * Overview of algorithms This is not the fastest, most space-conserving, most portable, or most tunable malloc ever written. However it is among the fastest while also being among the most space-conserving, portable and tunable. Consistent balance across these factors results in a good general-purpose allocator for malloc-intensive programs. In most ways, this malloc is a best-fit allocator. Generally, it chooses the best-fitting existing chunk for a request, with ties broken in approximately least-recently-used order. (This strategy normally maintains low fragmentation.) However, for requests less than 256bytes, it deviates from best-fit when there is not an exactly fitting available chunk by preferring to use space adjacent to that used for the previous small request, as well as by breaking ties in approximately most-recently-used order. (These enhance locality of series of small allocations.) And for very large requests (>= 256Kb by default), it relies on system memory mapping facilities, if supported. (This helps avoid carrying around and possibly fragmenting memory used only for large chunks.) All operations (except malloc_stats and mallinfo) have execution times that are bounded by a constant factor of the number of bits in a size_t, not counting any clearing in calloc or copying in realloc, or actions surrounding MORECORE and MMAP that have times proportional to the number of non-contiguous regions returned by system allocation routines, which is often just 1. In real-time applications, you can optionally suppress segment traversals using NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL, which assures bounded execution even when system allocators return non-contiguous spaces, at the typical expense of carrying around more memory and increased fragmentation. The implementation is not very modular and seriously overuses macros. Perhaps someday all C compilers will do as good a job inlining modular code as can now be done by brute-force expansion, but now, enough of them seem not to. Some compilers issue a lot of warnings about code that is dead/unreachable only on some platforms, and also about intentional uses of negation on unsigned types. All known cases of each can be ignored. For a longer but out of date high-level description, see http://gee.cs.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html * MSPACES If MSPACES is defined, then in addition to malloc, free, etc., this file also defines mspace_malloc, mspace_free, etc. These are versions of malloc routines that take an "mspace" argument obtained using create_mspace, to control all internal bookkeeping. If ONLY_MSPACES is defined, only these versions are compiled. So if you would like to use this allocator for only some allocations, and your system malloc for others, you can compile with ONLY_MSPACES and then do something like... static mspace mymspace = create_mspace(0,0); // for example #define mymalloc(bytes) mspace_malloc(mymspace, bytes) (Note: If you only need one instance of an mspace, you can instead use "USE_DL_PREFIX" to relabel the global malloc.) You can similarly create thread-local allocators by storing mspaces as thread-locals. For example: static __thread mspace tlms = 0; void* tlmalloc(size_t bytes) { if (tlms == 0) tlms = create_mspace(0, 0); return mspace_malloc(tlms, bytes); } void tlfree(void* mem) { mspace_free(tlms, mem); } Unless FOOTERS is defined, each mspace is completely independent. You cannot allocate from one and free to another (although conformance is only weakly checked, so usage errors are not always caught). If FOOTERS is defined, then each chunk carries around a tag indicating its originating mspace, and frees are directed to their originating spaces. Normally, this requires use of locks. ------------------------- Compile-time options --------------------------- Be careful in setting #define values for numerical constants of type size_t. On some systems, literal values are not automatically extended to size_t precision unless they are explicitly casted. You can also use the symbolic values MAX_SIZE_T, SIZE_T_ONE, etc below. WIN32 default: defined if _WIN32 defined Defining WIN32 sets up defaults for MS environment and compilers. Otherwise defaults are for unix. Beware that there seem to be some cases where this malloc might not be a pure drop-in replacement for Win32 malloc: Random-looking failures from Win32 GDI API's (eg; SetDIBits()) may be due to bugs in some video driver implementations when pixel buffers are malloc()ed, and the region spans more than one VirtualAlloc()ed region. Because dlmalloc uses a small (64Kb) default granularity, pixel buffers may straddle virtual allocation regions more often than when using the Microsoft allocator. You can avoid this by using VirtualAlloc() and VirtualFree() for all pixel buffers rather than using malloc(). If this is not possible, recompile this malloc with a larger DEFAULT_GRANULARITY. Note: in cases where MSC and gcc (cygwin) are known to differ on WIN32, conditions use _MSC_VER to distinguish them. DLMALLOC_EXPORT default: extern Defines how public APIs are declared. If you want to export via a Windows DLL, you might define this as #define DLMALLOC_EXPORT extern __declspec(dllexport) If you want a POSIX ELF shared object, you might use #define DLMALLOC_EXPORT extern __attribute__((visibility("default"))) MALLOC_ALIGNMENT default: (size_t)(2 * sizeof(void *)) Controls the minimum alignment for malloc'ed chunks. It must be a power of two and at least 8, even on machines for which smaller alignments would suffice. It may be defined as larger than this though. Note however that code and data structures are optimized for the case of 8-byte alignment. MSPACES default: 0 (false) If true, compile in support for independent allocation spaces. This is only supported if HAVE_MMAP is true. ONLY_MSPACES default: 0 (false) If true, only compile in mspace versions, not regular versions. USE_LOCKS default: 0 (false) Causes each call to each public routine to be surrounded with pthread or WIN32 mutex lock/unlock. (If set true, this can be overridden on a per-mspace basis for mspace versions.) If set to a non-zero value other than 1, locks are used, but their implementation is left out, so lock functions must be supplied manually, as described below. USE_SPIN_LOCKS default: 1 iff USE_LOCKS and spin locks available If true, uses custom spin locks for locking. This is currently supported only gcc >= 4.1, older gccs on x86 platforms, and recent MS compilers. Otherwise, posix locks or win32 critical sections are used. USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS default: not defined If defined nonzero, uses recursive (aka reentrant) locks, otherwise uses plain mutexes. This is not required for malloc proper, but may be needed for layered allocators such as nedmalloc. LOCK_AT_FORK default: not defined If defined nonzero, performs pthread_atfork upon initialization to initialize child lock while holding parent lock. The implementation assumes that pthread locks (not custom locks) are being used. In other cases, you may need to customize the implementation. FOOTERS default: 0 If true, provide extra checking and dispatching by placing information in the footers of allocated chunks. This adds space and time overhead. INSECURE default: 0 If true, omit checks for usage errors and heap space overwrites. USE_DL_PREFIX default: NOT defined Causes compiler to prefix all public routines with the string 'dl'. This can be useful when you only want to use this malloc in one part of a program, using your regular system malloc elsewhere. MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL default: NOT defined If defined, compiles malloc_inspect_all and mspace_inspect_all, that perform traversal of all heap space. Unless access to these functions is otherwise restricted, you probably do not want to include them in secure implementations. ABORT default: defined as abort() Defines how to abort on failed checks. On most systems, a failed check cannot die with an "assert" or even print an informative message, because the underlying print routines in turn call malloc, which will fail again. Generally, the best policy is to simply call abort(). It's not very useful to do more than this because many errors due to overwriting will show up as address faults (null, odd addresses etc) rather than malloc-triggered checks, so will also abort. Also, most compilers know that abort() does not return, so can better optimize code conditionally calling it. PROCEED_ON_ERROR default: defined as 0 (false) Controls whether detected bad addresses cause them to bypassed rather than aborting. If set, detected bad arguments to free and realloc are ignored. And all bookkeeping information is zeroed out upon a detected overwrite of freed heap space, thus losing the ability to ever return it from malloc again, but enabling the application to proceed. If PROCEED_ON_ERROR is defined, the static variable malloc_corruption_error_count is compiled in and can be examined to see if errors have occurred. This option generates slower code than the default abort policy. DEBUG default: NOT defined The DEBUG setting is mainly intended for people trying to modify this code or diagnose problems when porting to new platforms. However, it may also be able to better isolate user errors than just using runtime checks. The assertions in the check routines spell out in more detail the assumptions and invariants underlying the algorithms. The checking is fairly extensive, and will slow down execution noticeably. Calling malloc_stats or mallinfo with DEBUG set will attempt to check every non-mmapped allocated and free chunk in the course of computing the summaries. ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE default: defined as 1 (true) Debugging assertion failures can be nearly impossible if your version of the assert macro causes malloc to be called, which will lead to a cascade of further failures, blowing the runtime stack. ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE cause assertions failures to call abort(), which will usually make debugging easier. MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION default: sets errno to ENOMEM, or no-op on win32 The action to take before "return 0" when malloc fails to be able to return memory because there is none available. HAVE_MORECORE default: 1 (true) unless win32 or ONLY_MSPACES True if this system supports sbrk or an emulation of it. MORECORE default: sbrk The name of the sbrk-style system routine to call to obtain more memory. See below for guidance on writing custom MORECORE functions. The type of the argument to sbrk/MORECORE varies across systems. It cannot be size_t, because it supports negative arguments, so it is normally the signed type of the same width as size_t (sometimes declared as "intptr_t"). It doesn't much matter though. Internally, we only call it with arguments less than half the max value of a size_t, which should work across all reasonable possibilities, although sometimes generating compiler warnings. MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS default: 1 (true) if HAVE_MORECORE If true, take advantage of fact that consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive arguments always return contiguous increasing addresses. This is true of unix sbrk. It does not hurt too much to set it true anyway, since malloc copes with non-contiguities. Setting it false when definitely non-contiguous saves time and possibly wasted space it would take to discover this though. UNSIGNED_MORECORE default: 0 (false) True if MORECORE can only handle unsigned arguments. This sets MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM to 1 (true). MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM default: NOT defined True if MORECORE cannot release space back to the system when given negative arguments. This is generally necessary only if you are using a hand-crafted MORECORE function that cannot handle negative arguments. NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL default: 0 If non-zero, suppresses traversals of memory segments returned by either MORECORE or CALL_MMAP. This disables merging of segments that are contiguous, and selectively releasing them to the OS if unused, but bounds execution times. HAVE_MMAP default: 1 (true) True if this system supports mmap or an emulation of it. If so, and HAVE_MORECORE is not true, MMAP is used for all system allocation. If set and HAVE_MORECORE is true as well, MMAP is primarily used to directly allocate very large blocks. It is also used as a backup strategy in cases where MORECORE fails to provide space from system. Note: A single call to MUNMAP is assumed to be able to unmap memory that may have be allocated using multiple calls to MMAP, so long as they are adjacent. HAVE_MREMAP default: 1 on linux, else 0 If true realloc() uses mremap() to re-allocate large blocks and extend or shrink allocation spaces. MMAP_CLEARS default: 1 except on WINCE. True if mmap clears memory so calloc doesn't need to. This is true for standard unix mmap using /dev/zero and on WIN32 except for WINCE. USE_BUILTIN_FFS default: 0 (i.e., not used) Causes malloc to use the builtin ffs() function to compute indices. Some compilers may recognize and intrinsify ffs to be faster than the supplied C version. Also, the case of x86 using gcc is special-cased to an asm instruction, so is already as fast as it can be, and so this setting has no effect. Similarly for Win32 under recent MS compilers. (On most x86s, the asm version is only slightly faster than the C version.) malloc_getpagesize default: derive from system includes, or 4096. The system page size. To the extent possible, this malloc manages memory from the system in page-size units. This may be (and usually is) a function rather than a constant. This is ignored if WIN32, where page size is determined using getSystemInfo during initialization. USE_DEV_RANDOM default: 0 (i.e., not used) Causes malloc to use /dev/random to initialize secure magic seed for stamping footers. Otherwise, the current time is used. NO_MALLINFO default: 0 If defined, don't compile "mallinfo". This can be a simple way of dealing with mismatches between system declarations and those in this file. MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE default: size_t The type of the fields in the mallinfo struct. This was originally defined as "int" in SVID etc, but is more usefully defined as size_t. The value is used only if HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H is not set NO_MALLOC_STATS default: 0 If defined, don't compile "malloc_stats". This avoids calls to fprintf and bringing in stdio dependencies you might not want. REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES default: not defined This should be set if a call to realloc with zero bytes should be the same as a call to free. Some people think it should. Otherwise, since this malloc returns a unique pointer for malloc(0), so does realloc(p, 0). LACKS_UNISTD_H, LACKS_FCNTL_H, LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H, LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H LACKS_STRINGS_H, LACKS_STRING_H, LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H, LACKS_ERRNO_H LACKS_STDLIB_H LACKS_SCHED_H LACKS_TIME_H default: NOT defined unless on WIN32 Define these if your system does not have these header files. You might need to manually insert some of the declarations they provide. DEFAULT_GRANULARITY default: page size if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS, system_info.dwAllocationGranularity in WIN32, otherwise 64K. Also settable using mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, x) The unit for allocating and deallocating memory from the system. On most systems with contiguous MORECORE, there is no reason to make this more than a page. However, systems with MMAP tend to either require or encourage larger granularities. You can increase this value to prevent system allocation functions to be called so often, especially if they are slow. The value must be at least one page and must be a power of two. Setting to 0 causes initialization to either page size or win32 region size. (Note: In previous versions of malloc, the equivalent of this option was called "TOP_PAD") DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD default: 2MB Also settable using mallopt(M_TRIM_THRESHOLD, x) The maximum amount of unused top-most memory to keep before releasing via malloc_trim in free(). Automatic trimming is mainly useful in long-lived programs using contiguous MORECORE. Because trimming via sbrk can be slow on some systems, and can sometimes be wasteful (in cases where programs immediately afterward allocate more large chunks) the value should be high enough so that your overall system performance would improve by releasing this much memory. As a rough guide, you might set to a value close to the average size of a process (program) running on your system. Releasing this much memory would allow such a process to run in memory. Generally, it is worth tuning trim thresholds when a program undergoes phases where several large chunks are allocated and released in ways that can reuse each other's storage, perhaps mixed with phases where there are no such chunks at all. The trim value must be greater than page size to have any useful effect. To disable trimming completely, you can set to MAX_SIZE_T. Note that the trick some people use of mallocing a huge space and then freeing it at program startup, in an attempt to reserve system memory, doesn't have the intended effect under automatic trimming, since that memory will immediately be returned to the system. DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD default: 256K Also settable using mallopt(M_MMAP_THRESHOLD, x) The request size threshold for using MMAP to directly service a request. Requests of at least this size that cannot be allocated using already-existing space will be serviced via mmap. (If enough normal freed space already exists it is used instead.) Using mmap segregates relatively large chunks of memory so that they can be individually obtained and released from the host system. A request serviced through mmap is never reused by any other request (at least not directly; the system may just so happen to remap successive requests to the same locations). Segregating space in this way has the benefits that: Mmapped space can always be individually released back to the system, which helps keep the system level memory demands of a long-lived program low. Also, mapped memory doesn't become `locked' between other chunks, as can happen with normally allocated chunks, which means that even trimming via malloc_trim would not release them. However, it has the disadvantage that the space cannot be reclaimed, consolidated, and then used to service later requests, as happens with normal chunks. The advantages of mmap nearly always outweigh disadvantages for "large" chunks, but the value of "large" may vary across systems. The default is an empirically derived value that works well in most systems. You can disable mmap by setting to MAX_SIZE_T. MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE default: 4095 unless not HAVE_MMAP The number of consolidated frees between checks to release unused segments when freeing. When using non-contiguous segments, especially with multiple mspaces, checking only for topmost space doesn't always suffice to trigger trimming. To compensate for this, free() will, with a period of MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE (or the current number of segments, if greater) try to release unused segments to the OS when freeing chunks that result in consolidation. The best value for this parameter is a compromise between slowing down frees with relatively costly checks that rarely trigger versus holding on to unused memory. To effectively disable, set to MAX_SIZE_T. This may lead to a very slight speed improvement at the expense of carrying around more memory. */ /* Version identifier to allow people to support multiple versions */ #ifndef DLMALLOC_VERSION #define DLMALLOC_VERSION 20806 #endif /* DLMALLOC_VERSION */ #ifndef DLMALLOC_EXPORT #define DLMALLOC_EXPORT extern #endif #ifndef WIN32 #ifdef _WIN32 #define WIN32 1 #endif /* _WIN32 */ #ifdef _WIN32_WCE #define LACKS_FCNTL_H #define WIN32 1 #endif /* _WIN32_WCE */ #endif /* WIN32 */ #ifdef WIN32 #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #include #include #define HAVE_MMAP 1 #define HAVE_MORECORE 0 #define LACKS_UNISTD_H #define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H #define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H #define LACKS_STRING_H #define LACKS_STRINGS_H #define LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H #define LACKS_ERRNO_H #define LACKS_SCHED_H #ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION #define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION #endif /* MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ #ifndef MMAP_CLEARS #ifdef _WIN32_WCE /* WINCE reportedly does not clear */ #define MMAP_CLEARS 0 #else #define MMAP_CLEARS 1 #endif /* _WIN32_WCE */ #endif /*MMAP_CLEARS */ #endif /* WIN32 */ #if defined(DARWIN) || defined(_DARWIN) /* Mac OSX docs advise not to use sbrk; it seems better to use mmap */ #ifndef HAVE_MORECORE #define HAVE_MORECORE 0 #define HAVE_MMAP 1 /* OSX allocators provide 16 byte alignment */ #ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT #define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)16U) #endif #endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ #endif /* DARWIN */ #ifndef LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H #include /* For size_t */ #endif /* LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H */ /* The maximum possible size_t value has all bits set */ #define MAX_SIZE_T (~(size_t)0) #ifndef USE_LOCKS /* ensure true if spin or recursive locks set */ /* XXX: The following block adapted locally to avoid clean up new Clang -Wexpansion-to-defined warnings. http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/cfe-commits/Week-of-Mon-20160118/147239.html */ #if (defined(USE_SPIN_LOCKS) && USE_SPIN_LOCKS != 0) || \ (defined(USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS) && USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS != 0) #define USE_LOCKS 1 #else #define USE_LOCKS 0 #endif #endif /* USE_LOCKS */ #if USE_LOCKS /* Spin locks for gcc >= 4.1, older gcc on x86, MSC >= 1310 */ #if ((defined(__GNUC__) && \ ((__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)) || \ defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))) || \ (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310)) #ifndef USE_SPIN_LOCKS #define USE_SPIN_LOCKS 1 #endif /* USE_SPIN_LOCKS */ #elif USE_SPIN_LOCKS #error "USE_SPIN_LOCKS defined without implementation" #endif /* ... locks available... */ #elif !defined(USE_SPIN_LOCKS) #define USE_SPIN_LOCKS 0 #endif /* USE_LOCKS */ #ifndef ONLY_MSPACES #define ONLY_MSPACES 0 #endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #ifndef MSPACES #if ONLY_MSPACES #define MSPACES 1 #else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #define MSPACES 0 #endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #endif /* MSPACES */ #ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT #define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)(2 * sizeof(void *))) #endif /* MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */ #ifndef FOOTERS #define FOOTERS 0 #endif /* FOOTERS */ #ifndef ABORT #define ABORT abort() #endif /* ABORT */ #ifndef ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE #define ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE 1 #endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ #ifndef PROCEED_ON_ERROR #define PROCEED_ON_ERROR 0 #endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ #ifndef INSECURE #define INSECURE 0 #endif /* INSECURE */ #ifndef MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL #define MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL 0 #endif /* MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL */ #ifndef HAVE_MMAP #define HAVE_MMAP 1 #endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ #ifndef MMAP_CLEARS #define MMAP_CLEARS 1 #endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */ #ifndef HAVE_MREMAP #ifdef linux #define HAVE_MREMAP 1 #define _GNU_SOURCE /* Turns on mremap() definition */ #else /* linux */ #define HAVE_MREMAP 0 #endif /* linux */ #endif /* HAVE_MREMAP */ #ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION #define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION errno = ENOMEM; #endif /* MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ #ifndef HAVE_MORECORE #if ONLY_MSPACES #define HAVE_MORECORE 0 #else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #define HAVE_MORECORE 1 #endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ #ifndef UNSIGNED_MORECORE #define UNSIGNED_MORECORE 0 #endif /* UNSIGNED_MORECORE */ #if UNSIGNED_MORECORE #define MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM 1 #endif /* UNSIGNED_MORECORE */ #if !HAVE_MORECORE #define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 0 #else /* !HAVE_MORECORE */ #define MORECORE_DEFAULT sbrk #ifndef MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS #define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1 #endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ #endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ #ifndef DEFAULT_GRANULARITY #if (MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS || defined(WIN32)) #define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY (0) /* 0 means to compute in init_mparams */ #else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ #define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY ((size_t)64U * (size_t)1024U) #endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ #endif /* DEFAULT_GRANULARITY */ #ifndef DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD #ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM #define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD ((size_t)2U * (size_t)1024U * (size_t)1024U) #else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ #define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T #endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ #endif /* DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD */ #ifndef DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD #if HAVE_MMAP #define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD ((size_t)256U * (size_t)1024U) #else /* HAVE_MMAP */ #define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T #endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ #endif /* DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD */ #ifndef MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE #if HAVE_MMAP #define MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE 4095 #else #define MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE MAX_SIZE_T #endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ #endif /* MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE */ #ifndef USE_BUILTIN_FFS #define USE_BUILTIN_FFS 0 #endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ #ifndef USE_DEV_RANDOM #define USE_DEV_RANDOM 0 #endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */ #ifndef NO_MALLINFO #define NO_MALLINFO 0 #endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ #ifndef MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE #define MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE size_t #endif /* MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE */ #ifndef NO_MALLOC_STATS #define NO_MALLOC_STATS 0 #endif /* NO_MALLOC_STATS */ #ifndef NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL #define NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL 0 #endif /* NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL */ /* mallopt tuning options. SVID/XPG defines four standard parameter numbers for mallopt, normally defined in malloc.h. None of these are used in this malloc, so setting them has no effect. But this malloc does support the following options. */ #define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD (-1) #define M_GRANULARITY (-2) #define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD (-3) /* ------------------------ Mallinfo declarations ------------------------ */ #if !NO_MALLINFO /* This version of malloc supports the standard SVID/XPG mallinfo routine that returns a struct containing usage properties and statistics. It should work on any system that has a /usr/include/malloc.h defining struct mallinfo. The main declaration needed is the mallinfo struct that is returned (by-copy) by mallinfo(). The malloinfo struct contains a bunch of fields that are not even meaningful in this version of malloc. These fields are are instead filled by mallinfo() with other numbers that might be of interest. HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H should be set if you have a /usr/include/malloc.h file that includes a declaration of struct mallinfo. If so, it is included; else a compliant version is declared below. These must be precisely the same for mallinfo() to work. The original SVID version of this struct, defined on most systems with mallinfo, declares all fields as ints. But some others define as unsigned long. If your system defines the fields using a type of different width than listed here, you MUST #include your system version and #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H. */ /* #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ #ifdef HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H #include "/usr/include/malloc.h" #else /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ #ifndef STRUCT_MALLINFO_DECLARED /* HP-UX (and others?) redefines mallinfo unless _STRUCT_MALLINFO is defined */ #define _STRUCT_MALLINFO #define STRUCT_MALLINFO_DECLARED 1 struct mallinfo { MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE arena; /* non-mmapped space allocated from system */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE ordblks; /* number of free chunks */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE smblks; /* always 0 */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblks; /* always 0 */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblkhd; /* space in mmapped regions */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE usmblks; /* maximum total allocated space */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fsmblks; /* always 0 */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE uordblks; /* total allocated space */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fordblks; /* total free space */ MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE keepcost; /* releasable (via malloc_trim) space */ }; #endif /* STRUCT_MALLINFO_DECLARED */ #endif /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ #endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ /* Try to persuade compilers to inline. The most critical functions for inlining are defined as macros, so these aren't used for them. */ #ifndef FORCEINLINE #if defined(__GNUC__) #define FORCEINLINE __inline __attribute__ ((always_inline)) #elif defined(_MSC_VER) #define FORCEINLINE __forceinline #endif #endif #ifndef NOINLINE #if defined(__GNUC__) #define NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline)) #elif defined(_MSC_VER) #define NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) #else #define NOINLINE #endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #ifndef FORCEINLINE #define FORCEINLINE inline #endif #endif /* __cplusplus */ #ifndef FORCEINLINE #define FORCEINLINE #endif #if !ONLY_MSPACES /* ------------------- Declarations of public routines ------------------- */ #ifndef USE_DL_PREFIX // XXX Emscripten XXX #if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) void* __libc_malloc(size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc"))); void __libc_free(void*) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlfree"))); void* __libc_calloc(size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlcalloc"))); void* __libc_realloc(void*, size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlrealloc"))); void* malloc(size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc"))); void free(void*) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlfree"))); void* calloc(size_t, size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlcalloc"))); void* realloc(void*, size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlrealloc"))); void* realloc_in_place(void*, size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlrealloc_in_place"))); void* memalign(size_t, size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmemalign"))); int posix_memalign(void**, size_t, size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlposix_memalign"))); void* valloc(size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlvalloc"))); void* pvalloc(size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlpvalloc"))); #if !NO_MALLINFO struct mallinfo mallinfo(void) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmallinfo"))); #endif int mallopt(int, int) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmallopt"))); int malloc_trim(size_t) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_trim"))); #if !NO_MALLOC_STATS void malloc_stats(void) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_stats"))); #endif size_t malloc_usable_size(const void*) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_usable_size"))); size_t malloc_footprint(void) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_footprint"))); size_t malloc_max_footprint(void) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_max_footprint"))); size_t malloc_footprint_limit(void) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_footprint_limit"))); size_t malloc_set_footprint_limit(size_t bytes) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_set_footprint_limit"))); #if MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL void malloc_inspect_all(void(*handler)(void*, void *, size_t, void*), void* arg) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlmalloc_inspect_all"))); #endif void** independent_calloc(size_t, size_t, void**) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlindependent_calloc"))); void** independent_comalloc(size_t, size_t*, void**) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlindependent_comalloc"))); size_t bulk_free(void**, size_t n_elements) __attribute__((weak, alias("dlbulk_free"))); #endif /*__EMSCRIPTEN__*/ #endif /* USE_DL_PREFIX */ /* malloc(size_t n) Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of at least n bytes, or null if no space is available, in which case errno is set to ENOMEM on ANSI C systems. If n is zero, malloc returns a minimum-sized chunk. (The minimum size is 16 bytes on most 32bit systems, and 32 bytes on 64bit systems.) Note that size_t is an unsigned type, so calls with arguments that would be negative if signed are interpreted as requests for huge amounts of space, which will often fail. The maximum supported value of n differs across systems, but is in all cases less than the maximum representable value of a size_t. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlmalloc(size_t); /* free(void* p) Releases the chunk of memory pointed to by p, that had been previously allocated using malloc or a related routine such as realloc. It has no effect if p is null. If p was not malloced or already freed, free(p) will by default cause the current program to abort. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void dlfree(void*); /* calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size); Returns a pointer to n_elements * element_size bytes, with all locations set to zero. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlcalloc(size_t, size_t); /* realloc(void* p, size_t n) Returns a pointer to a chunk of size n that contains the same data as does chunk p up to the minimum of (n, p's size) bytes, or null if no space is available. The returned pointer may or may not be the same as p. The algorithm prefers extending p in most cases when possible, otherwise it employs the equivalent of a malloc-copy-free sequence. If p is null, realloc is equivalent to malloc. If space is not available, realloc returns null, errno is set (if on ANSI) and p is NOT freed. if n is for fewer bytes than already held by p, the newly unused space is lopped off and freed if possible. realloc with a size argument of zero (re)allocates a minimum-sized chunk. The old unix realloc convention of allowing the last-free'd chunk to be used as an argument to realloc is not supported. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlrealloc(void*, size_t); /* realloc_in_place(void* p, size_t n) Resizes the space allocated for p to size n, only if this can be done without moving p (i.e., only if there is adjacent space available if n is greater than p's current allocated size, or n is less than or equal to p's size). This may be used instead of plain realloc if an alternative allocation strategy is needed upon failure to expand space; for example, reallocation of a buffer that must be memory-aligned or cleared. You can use realloc_in_place to trigger these alternatives only when needed. Returns p if successful; otherwise null. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlrealloc_in_place(void*, size_t); /* memalign(size_t alignment, size_t n); Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of n bytes, aligned in accord with the alignment argument. The alignment argument should be a power of two. If the argument is not a power of two, the nearest greater power is used. 8-byte alignment is guaranteed by normal malloc calls, so don't bother calling memalign with an argument of 8 or less. Overreliance on memalign is a sure way to fragment space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlmemalign(size_t, size_t); /* int posix_memalign(void** pp, size_t alignment, size_t n); Allocates a chunk of n bytes, aligned in accord with the alignment argument. Differs from memalign only in that it (1) assigns the allocated memory to *pp rather than returning it, (2) fails and returns EINVAL if the alignment is not a power of two (3) fails and returns ENOMEM if memory cannot be allocated. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT int dlposix_memalign(void**, size_t, size_t); /* valloc(size_t n); Equivalent to memalign(pagesize, n), where pagesize is the page size of the system. If the pagesize is unknown, 4096 is used. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlvalloc(size_t); /* mallopt(int parameter_number, int parameter_value) Sets tunable parameters The format is to provide a (parameter-number, parameter-value) pair. mallopt then sets the corresponding parameter to the argument value if it can (i.e., so long as the value is meaningful), and returns 1 if successful else 0. To workaround the fact that mallopt is specified to use int, not size_t parameters, the value -1 is specially treated as the maximum unsigned size_t value. SVID/XPG/ANSI defines four standard param numbers for mallopt, normally defined in malloc.h. None of these are use in this malloc, so setting them has no effect. But this malloc also supports other options in mallopt. See below for details. Briefly, supported parameters are as follows (listed defaults are for "typical" configurations). Symbol param # default allowed param values M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1 2*1024*1024 any (-1 disables) M_GRANULARITY -2 page size any power of 2 >= page size M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3 256*1024 any (or 0 if no MMAP support) */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT int dlmallopt(int, int); /* malloc_footprint(); Returns the number of bytes obtained from the system. The total number of bytes allocated by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this value. Unlike mallinfo, this function returns only a precomputed result, so can be called frequently to monitor memory consumption. Even if locks are otherwise defined, this function does not use them, so results might not be up to date. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void); /* malloc_max_footprint(); Returns the maximum number of bytes obtained from the system. This value will be greater than current footprint if deallocated space has been reclaimed by the system. The peak number of bytes allocated by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this value. Unlike mallinfo, this function returns only a precomputed result, so can be called frequently to monitor memory consumption. Even if locks are otherwise defined, this function does not use them, so results might not be up to date. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void); /* malloc_footprint_limit(); Returns the number of bytes that the heap is allowed to obtain from the system, returning the last value returned by malloc_set_footprint_limit, or the maximum size_t value if never set. The returned value reflects a permission. There is no guarantee that this number of bytes can actually be obtained from the system. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t dlmalloc_footprint_limit(); /* malloc_set_footprint_limit(); Sets the maximum number of bytes to obtain from the system, causing failure returns from malloc and related functions upon attempts to exceed this value. The argument value may be subject to page rounding to an enforceable limit; this actual value is returned. Using an argument of the maximum possible size_t effectively disables checks. If the argument is less than or equal to the current malloc_footprint, then all future allocations that require additional system memory will fail. However, invocation cannot retroactively deallocate existing used memory. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t dlmalloc_set_footprint_limit(size_t bytes); #if MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL /* malloc_inspect_all(void(*handler)(void *start, void *end, size_t used_bytes, void* callback_arg), void* arg); Traverses the heap and calls the given handler for each managed region, skipping all bytes that are (or may be) used for bookkeeping purposes. Traversal does not include include chunks that have been directly memory mapped. Each reported region begins at the start address, and continues up to but not including the end address. The first used_bytes of the region contain allocated data. If used_bytes is zero, the region is unallocated. The handler is invoked with the given callback argument. If locks are defined, they are held during the entire traversal. It is a bad idea to invoke other malloc functions from within the handler. For example, to count the number of in-use chunks with size greater than 1000, you could write: static int count = 0; void count_chunks(void* start, void* end, size_t used, void* arg) { if (used >= 1000) ++count; } then: malloc_inspect_all(count_chunks, NULL); malloc_inspect_all is compiled only if MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL is defined. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void dlmalloc_inspect_all(void(*handler)(void*, void *, size_t, void*), void* arg); #endif /* MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL */ #if !NO_MALLINFO /* mallinfo() Returns (by copy) a struct containing various summary statistics: arena: current total non-mmapped bytes allocated from system ordblks: the number of free chunks smblks: always zero. hblks: current number of mmapped regions hblkhd: total bytes held in mmapped regions usmblks: the maximum total allocated space. This will be greater than current total if trimming has occurred. fsmblks: always zero uordblks: current total allocated space (normal or mmapped) fordblks: total free space keepcost: the maximum number of bytes that could ideally be released back to system via malloc_trim. ("ideally" means that it ignores page restrictions etc.) Because these fields are ints, but internal bookkeeping may be kept as longs, the reported values may wrap around zero and thus be inaccurate. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void); #endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ /* independent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size, void* chunks[]); independent_calloc is similar to calloc, but instead of returning a single cleared space, it returns an array of pointers to n_elements independent elements that can hold contents of size elem_size, each of which starts out cleared, and can be independently freed, realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to be adjacently allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with multiple callocs or mallocs), which may also improve cache locality in some applications. The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null, which is probably the most typical usage). If it is null, the returned array is itself dynamically allocated and should also be freed when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array must be of at least n_elements in length. It is filled in with the pointers to the chunks. In either case, independent_calloc returns this pointer array, or null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and "chunks" is null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements (which should be freed if not wanted). Each element must be freed when it is no longer needed. This can be done all at once using bulk_free. independent_calloc simplifies and speeds up implementations of many kinds of pools. It may also be useful when constructing large data structures that initially have a fixed number of fixed-sized nodes, but the number is not known at compile time, and some of the nodes may later need to be freed. For example: struct Node { int item; struct Node* next; }; struct Node* build_list() { struct Node** pool; int n = read_number_of_nodes_needed(); if (n <= 0) return 0; pool = (struct Node**)(independent_calloc(n, sizeof(struct Node), 0); if (pool == 0) die(); // organize into a linked list... struct Node* first = pool[0]; for (i = 0; i < n-1; ++i) pool[i]->next = pool[i+1]; free(pool); // Can now free the array (or not, if it is needed later) return first; } */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t, size_t, void**); /* independent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]); independent_comalloc allocates, all at once, a set of n_elements chunks with sizes indicated in the "sizes" array. It returns an array of pointers to these elements, each of which can be independently freed, realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to be adjacently allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with multiple callocs or mallocs), which may also improve cache locality in some applications. The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null). If it is null the returned array is itself dynamically allocated and should also be freed when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array must be of at least n_elements in length. It is filled in with the pointers to the chunks. In either case, independent_comalloc returns this pointer array, or null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and chunks is null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements (which should be freed if not wanted). Each element must be freed when it is no longer needed. This can be done all at once using bulk_free. independent_comallac differs from independent_calloc in that each element may have a different size, and also that it does not automatically clear elements. independent_comalloc can be used to speed up allocation in cases where several structs or objects must always be allocated at the same time. For example: struct Head { ... } struct Foot { ... } void send_message(char* msg) { int msglen = strlen(msg); size_t sizes[3] = { sizeof(struct Head), msglen, sizeof(struct Foot) }; void* chunks[3]; if (independent_comalloc(3, sizes, chunks) == 0) die(); struct Head* head = (struct Head*)(chunks[0]); char* body = (char*)(chunks[1]); struct Foot* foot = (struct Foot*)(chunks[2]); // ... } In general though, independent_comalloc is worth using only for larger values of n_elements. For small values, you probably won't detect enough difference from series of malloc calls to bother. Overuse of independent_comalloc can increase overall memory usage, since it cannot reuse existing noncontiguous small chunks that might be available for some of the elements. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t, size_t*, void**); /* bulk_free(void* array[], size_t n_elements) Frees and clears (sets to null) each non-null pointer in the given array. This is likely to be faster than freeing them one-by-one. If footers are used, pointers that have been allocated in different mspaces are not freed or cleared, and the count of all such pointers is returned. For large arrays of pointers with poor locality, it may be worthwhile to sort this array before calling bulk_free. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t dlbulk_free(void**, size_t n_elements); /* pvalloc(size_t n); Equivalent to valloc(minimum-page-that-holds(n)), that is, round up n to nearest pagesize. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* dlpvalloc(size_t); /* malloc_trim(size_t pad); If possible, gives memory back to the system (via negative arguments to sbrk) if there is unused memory at the `high' end of the malloc pool or in unused MMAP segments. You can call this after freeing large blocks of memory to potentially reduce the system-level memory requirements of a program. However, it cannot guarantee to reduce memory. Under some allocation patterns, some large free blocks of memory will be locked between two used chunks, so they cannot be given back to the system. The `pad' argument to malloc_trim represents the amount of free trailing space to leave untrimmed. If this argument is zero, only the minimum amount of memory to maintain internal data structures will be left. Non-zero arguments can be supplied to maintain enough trailing space to service future expected allocations without having to re-obtain memory from the system. Malloc_trim returns 1 if it actually released any memory, else 0. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT int dlmalloc_trim(size_t); /* malloc_stats(); Prints on stderr the amount of space obtained from the system (both via sbrk and mmap), the maximum amount (which may be more than current if malloc_trim and/or munmap got called), and the current number of bytes allocated via malloc (or realloc, etc) but not yet freed. Note that this is the number of bytes allocated, not the number requested. It will be larger than the number requested because of alignment and bookkeeping overhead. Because it includes alignment wastage as being in use, this figure may be greater than zero even when no user-level chunks are allocated. The reported current and maximum system memory can be inaccurate if a program makes other calls to system memory allocation functions (normally sbrk) outside of malloc. malloc_stats prints only the most commonly interesting statistics. More information can be obtained by calling mallinfo. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void dlmalloc_stats(void); /* malloc_usable_size(void* p); Returns the number of bytes you can actually use in an allocated chunk, which may be more than you requested (although often not) due to alignment and minimum size constraints. You can use this many bytes without worrying about overwriting other allocated objects. This is not a particularly great programming practice. malloc_usable_size can be more useful in debugging and assertions, for example: p = malloc(n); assert(malloc_usable_size(p) >= 256); */ /* XXX EMSCRIPTEN: mark for export (and therefore weak) */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void*); #endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #if MSPACES /* mspace is an opaque type representing an independent region of space that supports mspace_malloc, etc. */ typedef void* mspace; /* create_mspace creates and returns a new independent space with the given initial capacity, or, if 0, the default granularity size. It returns null if there is no system memory available to create the space. If argument locked is non-zero, the space uses a separate lock to control access. The capacity of the space will grow dynamically as needed to service mspace_malloc requests. You can control the sizes of incremental increases of this space by compiling with a different DEFAULT_GRANULARITY or dynamically setting with mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, value). */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked); /* destroy_mspace destroys the given space, and attempts to return all of its memory back to the system, returning the total number of bytes freed. After destruction, the results of access to all memory used by the space become undefined. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp); /* create_mspace_with_base uses the memory supplied as the initial base of a new mspace. Part (less than 128*sizeof(size_t) bytes) of this space is used for bookkeeping, so the capacity must be at least this large. (Otherwise 0 is returned.) When this initial space is exhausted, additional memory will be obtained from the system. Destroying this space will deallocate all additionally allocated space (if possible) but not the initial base. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked); /* mspace_track_large_chunks controls whether requests for large chunks are allocated in their own untracked mmapped regions, separate from others in this mspace. By default large chunks are not tracked, which reduces fragmentation. However, such chunks are not necessarily released to the system upon destroy_mspace. Enabling tracking by setting to true may increase fragmentation, but avoids leakage when relying on destroy_mspace to release all memory allocated using this space. The function returns the previous setting. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT int mspace_track_large_chunks(mspace msp, int enable); /* mspace_malloc behaves as malloc, but operates within the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes); /* mspace_free behaves as free, but operates within the given space. If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_free is not actually needed. free may be called instead of mspace_free because freed chunks from any space are handled by their originating spaces. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem); /* mspace_realloc behaves as realloc, but operates within the given space. If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_realloc is not actually needed. realloc may be called instead of mspace_realloc because realloced chunks from any space are handled by their originating spaces. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* mem, size_t newsize); /* mspace_calloc behaves as calloc, but operates within the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size); /* mspace_memalign behaves as memalign, but operates within the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes); /* mspace_independent_calloc behaves as independent_calloc, but operates within the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]); /* mspace_independent_comalloc behaves as independent_comalloc, but operates within the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]); /* mspace_footprint() returns the number of bytes obtained from the system for this space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp); /* mspace_max_footprint() returns the peak number of bytes obtained from the system for this space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp); #if !NO_MALLINFO /* mspace_mallinfo behaves as mallinfo, but reports properties of the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp); #endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ /* malloc_usable_size(void* p) behaves the same as malloc_usable_size; */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT size_t mspace_usable_size(const void* mem); /* mspace_malloc_stats behaves as malloc_stats, but reports properties of the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp); /* mspace_trim behaves as malloc_trim, but operates within the given space. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad); /* An alias for mallopt. */ DLMALLOC_EXPORT int mspace_mallopt(int, int); #endif /* MSPACES */ #ifdef __cplusplus } /* end of extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /* ======================================================================== To make a fully customizable malloc.h header file, cut everything above this line, put into file malloc.h, edit to suit, and #include it on the next line, as well as in programs that use this malloc. ======================================================================== */ /* #include "malloc.h" */ /*------------------------------ internal #includes ---------------------- */ #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning( disable : 4146 ) /* no "unsigned" warnings */ #endif /* _MSC_VER */ #if !NO_MALLOC_STATS #include /* for printing in malloc_stats */ #endif /* NO_MALLOC_STATS */ #ifndef LACKS_ERRNO_H #include /* for MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ #endif /* LACKS_ERRNO_H */ #ifdef DEBUG #if ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE #undef assert #define assert(x) if(!(x)) ABORT #else /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ #include #endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ #else /* DEBUG */ #ifndef assert #define assert(x) #endif #define DEBUG 0 #endif /* DEBUG */ #if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(LACKS_TIME_H) #include /* for magic initialization */ #endif /* WIN32 */ #ifndef LACKS_STDLIB_H #include /* for abort() */ #endif /* LACKS_STDLIB_H */ #ifndef LACKS_STRING_H #include /* for memset etc */ #endif /* LACKS_STRING_H */ #if USE_BUILTIN_FFS #ifndef LACKS_STRINGS_H #include /* for ffs */ #endif /* LACKS_STRINGS_H */ #endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ #if HAVE_MMAP #ifndef LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H /* On some versions of linux, mremap decl in mman.h needs __USE_GNU set */ #if (defined(linux) && !defined(__USE_GNU)) #define __USE_GNU 1 #include /* for mmap */ #undef __USE_GNU #else #include /* for mmap */ #endif /* linux */ #endif /* LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H */ #ifndef LACKS_FCNTL_H #include #endif /* LACKS_FCNTL_H */ #endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ #ifndef LACKS_UNISTD_H #include /* for sbrk, sysconf */ #else /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */ #if !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__) extern void* sbrk(ptrdiff_t); #endif /* FreeBSD etc */ #endif /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */ /* Declarations for locking */ #if USE_LOCKS #ifndef WIN32 #if defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun) /* solaris */ #include #elif !defined(LACKS_SCHED_H) #include #endif /* solaris or LACKS_SCHED_H */ #if (defined(USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS) && USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS != 0) || !USE_SPIN_LOCKS #include #endif /* USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS ... */ #elif defined(_MSC_VER) #ifndef _M_AMD64 /* These are already defined on AMD64 builds */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ LONG __cdecl _InterlockedCompareExchange(LONG volatile *Dest, LONG Exchange, LONG Comp); LONG __cdecl _InterlockedExchange(LONG volatile *Target, LONG Value); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif /* __cplusplus */ #endif /* _M_AMD64 */ #pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedCompareExchange) #pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedExchange) #define interlockedcompareexchange _InterlockedCompareExchange #define interlockedexchange _InterlockedExchange #elif defined(WIN32) && defined(__GNUC__) #define interlockedcompareexchange(a, b, c) __sync_val_compare_and_swap(a, c, b) #define interlockedexchange __sync_lock_test_and_set #endif /* Win32 */ #else /* USE_LOCKS */ #endif /* USE_LOCKS */ #ifndef LOCK_AT_FORK #define LOCK_AT_FORK 0 #endif /* Declarations for bit scanning on win32 */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 #ifndef BitScanForward /* Try to avoid pulling in WinNT.h */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ unsigned char _BitScanForward(unsigned long *index, unsigned long mask); unsigned char _BitScanReverse(unsigned long *index, unsigned long mask); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif /* __cplusplus */ #define BitScanForward _BitScanForward #define BitScanReverse _BitScanReverse #pragma intrinsic(_BitScanForward) #pragma intrinsic(_BitScanReverse) #endif /* BitScanForward */ #endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 */ #ifndef WIN32 #ifndef malloc_getpagesize # ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE /* some SVR4 systems omit an underscore */ # ifndef _SC_PAGE_SIZE # define _SC_PAGE_SIZE _SC_PAGESIZE # endif # endif # ifdef _SC_PAGE_SIZE # if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) # define malloc_getpagesize (4096) /* avoid sysconf calls during startup */ # else # define malloc_getpagesize sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE) # endif # else # if defined(BSD) || defined(DGUX) || defined(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE) extern size_t getpagesize(); # define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize() # else # ifdef WIN32 /* use supplied emulation of getpagesize */ # define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize() # else # ifndef LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H # include # endif # ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE # define malloc_getpagesize EXEC_PAGESIZE # else # ifdef NBPG # ifndef CLSIZE # define malloc_getpagesize NBPG # else # define malloc_getpagesize (NBPG * CLSIZE) # endif # else # ifdef NBPC # define malloc_getpagesize NBPC # else # ifdef PAGESIZE # define malloc_getpagesize PAGESIZE # else /* just guess */ # define malloc_getpagesize ((size_t)4096U) # endif # endif # endif # endif # endif # endif # endif #endif #endif /* ------------------- size_t and alignment properties -------------------- */ /* The byte and bit size of a size_t */ #define SIZE_T_SIZE (sizeof(size_t)) #define SIZE_T_BITSIZE (sizeof(size_t) << 3) /* Some constants coerced to size_t */ /* Annoying but necessary to avoid errors on some platforms */ #define SIZE_T_ZERO ((size_t)0) #define SIZE_T_ONE ((size_t)1) #define SIZE_T_TWO ((size_t)2) #define SIZE_T_FOUR ((size_t)4) #define TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<1) #define FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<2) #define SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES+TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) #define HALF_MAX_SIZE_T (MAX_SIZE_T / 2U) /* The bit mask value corresponding to MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */ #define CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - SIZE_T_ONE) /* True if address a has acceptable alignment */ #define is_aligned(A) (((size_t)((A)) & (CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) == 0) /* the number of bytes to offset an address to align it */ #define align_offset(A)\ ((((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0)? 0 :\ ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - ((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) /* -------------------------- MMAP preliminaries ------------------------- */ /* If HAVE_MORECORE or HAVE_MMAP are false, we just define calls and checks to fail so compiler optimizer can delete code rather than using so many "#if"s. */ /* MORECORE and MMAP must return MFAIL on failure */ #define MFAIL ((void*)(MAX_SIZE_T)) #define CMFAIL ((char*)(MFAIL)) /* defined for convenience */ #if HAVE_MMAP #ifndef WIN32 #define MUNMAP_DEFAULT(a, s) munmap((a), (s)) #define MMAP_PROT (PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE) #if !defined(MAP_ANONYMOUS) && defined(MAP_ANON) #define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON #endif /* MAP_ANON */ #ifdef MAP_ANONYMOUS #define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS) #define MMAP_DEFAULT(s) mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, -1, 0) #else /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */ /* Nearly all versions of mmap support MAP_ANONYMOUS, so the following is unlikely to be needed, but is supplied just in case. */ #define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE) static int dev_zero_fd = -1; /* Cached file descriptor for /dev/zero. */ #define MMAP_DEFAULT(s) ((dev_zero_fd < 0) ? \ (dev_zero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR), \ mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) : \ mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) #endif /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */ #define DIRECT_MMAP_DEFAULT(s) MMAP_DEFAULT(s) #else /* WIN32 */ /* Win32 MMAP via VirtualAlloc */ static FORCEINLINE void* win32mmap(size_t size) { void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE); return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL; } /* For direct MMAP, use MEM_TOP_DOWN to minimize interference */ static FORCEINLINE void* win32direct_mmap(size_t size) { void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT|MEM_TOP_DOWN, PAGE_READWRITE); return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL; } /* This function supports releasing coalesed segments */ static FORCEINLINE int win32munmap(void* ptr, size_t size) { MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION minfo; char* cptr = (char*)ptr; while (size) { if (VirtualQuery(cptr, &minfo, sizeof(minfo)) == 0) return -1; if (minfo.BaseAddress != cptr || minfo.AllocationBase != cptr || minfo.State != MEM_COMMIT || minfo.RegionSize > size) return -1; if (VirtualFree(cptr, 0, MEM_RELEASE) == 0) return -1; cptr += minfo.RegionSize; size -= minfo.RegionSize; } return 0; } #define MMAP_DEFAULT(s) win32mmap(s) #define MUNMAP_DEFAULT(a, s) win32munmap((a), (s)) #define DIRECT_MMAP_DEFAULT(s) win32direct_mmap(s) #endif /* WIN32 */ #endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ #if HAVE_MREMAP #ifndef WIN32 #define MREMAP_DEFAULT(addr, osz, nsz, mv) mremap((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) #endif /* WIN32 */ #endif /* HAVE_MREMAP */ /** * Define CALL_MORECORE */ #if HAVE_MORECORE #ifdef MORECORE #define CALL_MORECORE(S) MORECORE(S) #else /* MORECORE */ #define CALL_MORECORE(S) MORECORE_DEFAULT(S) #endif /* MORECORE */ #else /* HAVE_MORECORE */ #define CALL_MORECORE(S) MFAIL #endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ /** * Define CALL_MMAP/CALL_MUNMAP/CALL_DIRECT_MMAP */ #if HAVE_MMAP #define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) #ifdef MMAP #define CALL_MMAP(s) MMAP(s) #else /* MMAP */ #define CALL_MMAP(s) MMAP_DEFAULT(s) #endif /* MMAP */ #ifdef MUNMAP #define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) MUNMAP((a), (s)) #else /* MUNMAP */ #define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) MUNMAP_DEFAULT((a), (s)) #endif /* MUNMAP */ #ifdef DIRECT_MMAP #define CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(s) DIRECT_MMAP(s) #else /* DIRECT_MMAP */ #define CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(s) DIRECT_MMAP_DEFAULT(s) #endif /* DIRECT_MMAP */ #else /* HAVE_MMAP */ #define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO) #define MMAP(s) MFAIL #define MUNMAP(a, s) (-1) #define DIRECT_MMAP(s) MFAIL #define CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(s) DIRECT_MMAP(s) #define CALL_MMAP(s) MMAP(s) #define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) MUNMAP((a), (s)) #endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ /** * Define CALL_MREMAP */ #if HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP #ifdef MREMAP #define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MREMAP((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) #else /* MREMAP */ #define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MREMAP_DEFAULT((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) #endif /* MREMAP */ #else /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */ #define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MFAIL #endif /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */ /* mstate bit set if continguous morecore disabled or failed */ #define USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT (4U) /* segment bit set in create_mspace_with_base */ #define EXTERN_BIT (8U) /* --------------------------- Lock preliminaries ------------------------ */ /* When locks are defined, there is one global lock, plus one per-mspace lock. The global lock_ensures that mparams.magic and other unique mparams values are initialized only once. It also protects sequences of calls to MORECORE. In many cases sys_alloc requires two calls, that should not be interleaved with calls by other threads. This does not protect against direct calls to MORECORE by other threads not using this lock, so there is still code to cope the best we can on interference. Per-mspace locks surround calls to malloc, free, etc. By default, locks are simple non-reentrant mutexes. Because lock-protected regions generally have bounded times, it is OK to use the supplied simple spinlocks. Spinlocks are likely to improve performance for lightly contended applications, but worsen performance under heavy contention. If USE_LOCKS is > 1, the definitions of lock routines here are bypassed, in which case you will need to define the type MLOCK_T, and at least INITIAL_LOCK, DESTROY_LOCK, ACQUIRE_LOCK, RELEASE_LOCK and TRY_LOCK. You must also declare a static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = { initialization values };. */ #if !USE_LOCKS #define USE_LOCK_BIT (0U) #define INITIAL_LOCK(l) (0) #define DESTROY_LOCK(l) (0) #define ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() #define RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() #else #if USE_LOCKS > 1 /* ----------------------- User-defined locks ------------------------ */ /* Define your own lock implementation here */ /* #define INITIAL_LOCK(lk) ... */ /* #define DESTROY_LOCK(lk) ... */ /* #define ACQUIRE_LOCK(lk) ... */ /* #define RELEASE_LOCK(lk) ... */ /* #define TRY_LOCK(lk) ... */ /* static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = ... */ #elif USE_SPIN_LOCKS /* First, define CAS_LOCK and CLEAR_LOCK on ints */ /* Note CAS_LOCK defined to return 0 on success */ #if defined(__GNUC__)&& (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)) #define CAS_LOCK(sl) __sync_lock_test_and_set(sl, 1) #define CLEAR_LOCK(sl) __sync_lock_release(sl) #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))) /* Custom spin locks for older gcc on x86 */ static FORCEINLINE int x86_cas_lock(int *sl) { int ret; int val = 1; int cmp = 0; __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; cmpxchgl %1, %2" : "=a" (ret) : "r" (val), "m" (*(sl)), "0"(cmp) : "memory", "cc"); return ret; } static FORCEINLINE void x86_clear_lock(int* sl) { assert(*sl != 0); int prev = 0; int ret; __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; xchgl %0, %1" : "=r" (ret) : "m" (*(sl)), "0"(prev) : "memory"); } #define CAS_LOCK(sl) x86_cas_lock(sl) #define CLEAR_LOCK(sl) x86_clear_lock(sl) #else /* Win32 MSC */ #define CAS_LOCK(sl) interlockedexchange(sl, (LONG)1) #define CLEAR_LOCK(sl) interlockedexchange (sl, (LONG)0) #endif /* ... gcc spins locks ... */ /* How to yield for a spin lock */ #define SPINS_PER_YIELD 63 #if defined(_MSC_VER) #define SLEEP_EX_DURATION 50 /* delay for yield/sleep */ #define SPIN_LOCK_YIELD SleepEx(SLEEP_EX_DURATION, FALSE) #elif defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun) /* solaris */ #define SPIN_LOCK_YIELD thr_yield(); #elif !defined(LACKS_SCHED_H) #define SPIN_LOCK_YIELD sched_yield(); #else #define SPIN_LOCK_YIELD #endif /* ... yield ... */ #if !defined(USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS) || USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS == 0 /* Plain spin locks use single word (embedded in malloc_states) */ static int spin_acquire_lock(int *sl) { int spins = 0; while (*(volatile int *)sl != 0 || CAS_LOCK(sl)) { if ((++spins & SPINS_PER_YIELD) == 0) { SPIN_LOCK_YIELD; } } return 0; } #define MLOCK_T int #define TRY_LOCK(sl) !CAS_LOCK(sl) #define RELEASE_LOCK(sl) CLEAR_LOCK(sl) #define ACQUIRE_LOCK(sl) (CAS_LOCK(sl)? spin_acquire_lock(sl) : 0) #define INITIAL_LOCK(sl) (*sl = 0) #define DESTROY_LOCK(sl) (0) static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = 0; #else /* USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS */ /* types for lock owners */ #ifdef WIN32 #define THREAD_ID_T DWORD #define CURRENT_THREAD GetCurrentThreadId() #define EQ_OWNER(X,Y) ((X) == (Y)) #else /* Note: the following assume that pthread_t is a type that can be initialized to (casted) zero. If this is not the case, you will need to somehow redefine these or not use spin locks. */ #define THREAD_ID_T pthread_t #define CURRENT_THREAD pthread_self() #define EQ_OWNER(X,Y) pthread_equal(X, Y) #endif struct malloc_recursive_lock { int sl; unsigned int c; THREAD_ID_T threadid; }; #define MLOCK_T struct malloc_recursive_lock static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = { 0, 0, (THREAD_ID_T)0}; static FORCEINLINE void recursive_release_lock(MLOCK_T *lk) { assert(lk->sl != 0); if (--lk->c == 0) { CLEAR_LOCK(&lk->sl); } } static FORCEINLINE int recursive_acquire_lock(MLOCK_T *lk) { THREAD_ID_T mythreadid = CURRENT_THREAD; int spins = 0; for (;;) { if (*((volatile int *)(&lk->sl)) == 0) { if (!CAS_LOCK(&lk->sl)) { lk->threadid = mythreadid; lk->c = 1; return 0; } } else if (EQ_OWNER(lk->threadid, mythreadid)) { ++lk->c; return 0; } if ((++spins & SPINS_PER_YIELD) == 0) { SPIN_LOCK_YIELD; } } } static FORCEINLINE int recursive_try_lock(MLOCK_T *lk) { THREAD_ID_T mythreadid = CURRENT_THREAD; if (*((volatile int *)(&lk->sl)) == 0) { if (!CAS_LOCK(&lk->sl)) { lk->threadid = mythreadid; lk->c = 1; return 1; } } else if (EQ_OWNER(lk->threadid, mythreadid)) { ++lk->c; return 1; } return 0; } #define RELEASE_LOCK(lk) recursive_release_lock(lk) #define TRY_LOCK(lk) recursive_try_lock(lk) #define ACQUIRE_LOCK(lk) recursive_acquire_lock(lk) #define INITIAL_LOCK(lk) ((lk)->threadid = (THREAD_ID_T)0, (lk)->sl = 0, (lk)->c = 0) #define DESTROY_LOCK(lk) (0) #endif /* USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS */ #elif defined(WIN32) /* Win32 critical sections */ #define MLOCK_T CRITICAL_SECTION #define ACQUIRE_LOCK(lk) (EnterCriticalSection(lk), 0) #define RELEASE_LOCK(lk) LeaveCriticalSection(lk) #define TRY_LOCK(lk) TryEnterCriticalSection(lk) #define INITIAL_LOCK(lk) (!InitializeCriticalSectionAndSpinCount((lk), 0x80000000|4000)) #define DESTROY_LOCK(lk) (DeleteCriticalSection(lk), 0) #define NEED_GLOBAL_LOCK_INIT static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex; static volatile LONG malloc_global_mutex_status; /* Use spin loop to initialize global lock */ static void init_malloc_global_mutex() { for (;;) { long stat = malloc_global_mutex_status; if (stat > 0) return; /* transition to < 0 while initializing, then to > 0) */ if (stat == 0 && interlockedcompareexchange(&malloc_global_mutex_status, (LONG)-1, (LONG)0) == 0) { InitializeCriticalSection(&malloc_global_mutex); interlockedexchange(&malloc_global_mutex_status, (LONG)1); return; } SleepEx(0, FALSE); } } #else /* pthreads-based locks */ #define MLOCK_T pthread_mutex_t #define ACQUIRE_LOCK(lk) pthread_mutex_lock(lk) #define RELEASE_LOCK(lk) pthread_mutex_unlock(lk) #define TRY_LOCK(lk) (!pthread_mutex_trylock(lk)) #define INITIAL_LOCK(lk) pthread_init_lock(lk) #define DESTROY_LOCK(lk) pthread_mutex_destroy(lk) #if defined(USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS) && USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS != 0 && defined(linux) && !defined(PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) /* Cope with old-style linux recursive lock initialization by adding */ /* skipped internal declaration from pthread.h */ extern int pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np __P ((pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, int __kind)); #define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP #define pthread_mutexattr_settype(x,y) pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(x,y) #endif /* USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS ... */ static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; static int pthread_init_lock (MLOCK_T *lk) { pthread_mutexattr_t attr; if (pthread_mutexattr_init(&attr)) return 1; #if defined(USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS) && USE_RECURSIVE_LOCKS != 0 if (pthread_mutexattr_settype(&attr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)) return 1; #endif if (pthread_mutex_init(lk, &attr)) return 1; if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&attr)) return 1; return 0; } #endif /* ... lock types ... */ /* Common code for all lock types */ #define USE_LOCK_BIT (2U) #ifndef ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK #define ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() ACQUIRE_LOCK(&malloc_global_mutex); #endif #ifndef RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK #define RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() RELEASE_LOCK(&malloc_global_mutex); #endif #endif /* USE_LOCKS */ /* ----------------------- Chunk representations ------------------------ */ /* (The following includes lightly edited explanations by Colin Plumb.) The malloc_chunk declaration below is misleading (but accurate and necessary). It declares a "view" into memory allowing access to necessary fields at known offsets from a given base. Chunks of memory are maintained using a `boundary tag' method as originally described by Knuth. (See the paper by Paul Wilson ftp://ftp.cs.utexas.edu/pub/garbage/allocsrv.ps for a survey of such techniques.) Sizes of free chunks are stored both in the front of each chunk and at the end. This makes consolidating fragmented chunks into bigger chunks fast. The head fields also hold bits representing whether chunks are free or in use. Here are some pictures to make it clearer. They are "exploded" to show that the state of a chunk can be thought of as extending from the high 31 bits of the head field of its header through the prev_foot and PINUSE_BIT bit of the following chunk header. A chunk that's in use looks like: chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Size of previous chunk (if P = 0) | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P| | Size of this chunk 1| +-+ mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | | +- -+ | | +- -+ | : +- size - sizeof(size_t) available payload bytes -+ : | chunk-> +- -+ | | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |1| | Size of next chunk (may or may not be in use) | +-+ mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ And if it's free, it looks like this: chunk-> +- -+ | User payload (must be in use, or we would have merged!) | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P| | Size of this chunk 0| +-+ mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Next pointer | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Prev pointer | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | : +- size - sizeof(struct chunk) unused bytes -+ : | chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Size of this chunk | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |0| | Size of next chunk (must be in use, or we would have merged)| +-+ mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | : +- User payload -+ : | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |0| +-+ Note that since we always merge adjacent free chunks, the chunks adjacent to a free chunk must be in use. Given a pointer to a chunk (which can be derived trivially from the payload pointer) we can, in O(1) time, find out whether the adjacent chunks are free, and if so, unlink them from the lists that they are on and merge them with the current chunk. Chunks always begin on even word boundaries, so the mem portion (which is returned to the user) is also on an even word boundary, and thus at least double-word aligned. The P (PINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused low-order bit of the chunk size (which is always a multiple of two words), is an in-use bit for the *previous* chunk. If that bit is *clear*, then the word before the current chunk size contains the previous chunk size, and can be used to find the front of the previous chunk. The very first chunk allocated always has this bit set, preventing access to non-existent (or non-owned) memory. If pinuse is set for any given chunk, then you CANNOT determine the size of the previous chunk, and might even get a memory addressing fault when trying to do so. The C (CINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused second-lowest bit of the chunk size redundantly records whether the current chunk is inuse (unless the chunk is mmapped). This redundancy enables usage checks within free and realloc, and reduces indirection when freeing and consolidating chunks. Each freshly allocated chunk must have both cinuse and pinuse set. That is, each allocated chunk borders either a previously allocated and still in-use chunk, or the base of its memory arena. This is ensured by making all allocations from the `lowest' part of any found chunk. Further, no free chunk physically borders another one, so each free chunk is known to be preceded and followed by either inuse chunks or the ends of memory. Note that the `foot' of the current chunk is actually represented as the prev_foot of the NEXT chunk. This makes it easier to deal with alignments etc but can be very confusing when trying to extend or adapt this code. The exceptions to all this are 1. The special chunk `top' is the top-most available chunk (i.e., the one bordering the end of available memory). It is treated specially. Top is never included in any bin, is used only if no other chunk is available, and is released back to the system if it is very large (see M_TRIM_THRESHOLD). In effect, the top chunk is treated as larger (and thus less well fitting) than any other available chunk. The top chunk doesn't update its trailing size field since there is no next contiguous chunk that would have to index off it. However, space is still allocated for it (TOP_FOOT_SIZE) to enable separation or merging when space is extended. 3. Chunks allocated via mmap, have both cinuse and pinuse bits cleared in their head fields. Because they are allocated one-by-one, each must carry its own prev_foot field, which is also used to hold the offset this chunk has within its mmapped region, which is needed to preserve alignment. Each mmapped chunk is trailed by the first two fields of a fake next-chunk for sake of usage checks. */ struct malloc_chunk { size_t prev_foot; /* Size of previous chunk (if free). */ size_t head; /* Size and inuse bits. */ struct malloc_chunk* fd; /* double links -- used only if free. */ struct malloc_chunk* bk; }; typedef struct malloc_chunk mchunk; typedef struct malloc_chunk* mchunkptr; typedef struct malloc_chunk* sbinptr; /* The type of bins of chunks */ typedef unsigned int bindex_t; /* Described below */ typedef unsigned int binmap_t; /* Described below */ typedef unsigned int flag_t; /* The type of various bit flag sets */ /* ------------------- Chunks sizes and alignments ----------------------- */ #define MCHUNK_SIZE (sizeof(mchunk)) #if FOOTERS #define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) #else /* FOOTERS */ #define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (SIZE_T_SIZE) #endif /* FOOTERS */ /* MMapped chunks need a second word of overhead ... */ #define MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) /* ... and additional padding for fake next-chunk at foot */ #define MMAP_FOOT_PAD (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES) /* The smallest size we can malloc is an aligned minimal chunk */ #define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE \ ((MCHUNK_SIZE + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) /* conversion from malloc headers to user pointers, and back */ #define chunk2mem(p) ((void*)((char*)(p) + TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)) #define mem2chunk(mem) ((mchunkptr)((char*)(mem) - TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)) /* chunk associated with aligned address A */ #define align_as_chunk(A) (mchunkptr)((A) + align_offset(chunk2mem(A))) /* Bounds on request (not chunk) sizes. */ #define MAX_REQUEST ((-MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) << 2) #define MIN_REQUEST (MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD - SIZE_T_ONE) /* pad request bytes into a usable size */ #define pad_request(req) \ (((req) + CHUNK_OVERHEAD + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) /* pad request, checking for minimum (but not maximum) */ #define request2size(req) \ (((req) < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(req)) /* ------------------ Operations on head and foot fields ----------------- */ /* The head field of a chunk is or'ed with PINUSE_BIT when previous adjacent chunk in use, and or'ed with CINUSE_BIT if this chunk is in use, unless mmapped, in which case both bits are cleared. FLAG4_BIT is not used by this malloc, but might be useful in extensions. */ #define PINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) #define CINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_TWO) #define FLAG4_BIT (SIZE_T_FOUR) #define INUSE_BITS (PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT) #define FLAG_BITS (PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT|FLAG4_BIT) /* Head value for fenceposts */ #define FENCEPOST_HEAD (INUSE_BITS|SIZE_T_SIZE) /* extraction of fields from head words */ #define cinuse(p) ((p)->head & CINUSE_BIT) #define pinuse(p) ((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT) #define flag4inuse(p) ((p)->head & FLAG4_BIT) #define is_inuse(p) (((p)->head & INUSE_BITS) != PINUSE_BIT) #define is_mmapped(p) (((p)->head & INUSE_BITS) == 0) #define chunksize(p) ((p)->head & ~(FLAG_BITS)) #define clear_pinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~PINUSE_BIT) #define set_flag4(p) ((p)->head |= FLAG4_BIT) #define clear_flag4(p) ((p)->head &= ~FLAG4_BIT) /* Treat space at ptr +/- offset as a chunk */ #define chunk_plus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s))) #define chunk_minus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) - (s))) /* Ptr to next or previous physical malloc_chunk. */ #define next_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) + ((p)->head & ~FLAG_BITS))) #define prev_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) - ((p)->prev_foot) )) /* extract next chunk's pinuse bit */ #define next_pinuse(p) ((next_chunk(p)->head) & PINUSE_BIT) /* Get/set size at footer */ #define get_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot) #define set_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = (s)) /* Set size, pinuse bit, and foot */ #define set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)\ ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT), set_foot(p, s)) /* Set size, pinuse bit, foot, and clear next pinuse */ #define set_free_with_pinuse(p, s, n)\ (clear_pinuse(n), set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)) /* Get the internal overhead associated with chunk p */ #define overhead_for(p)\ (is_mmapped(p)? MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD : CHUNK_OVERHEAD) /* Return true if malloced space is not necessarily cleared */ #if MMAP_CLEARS #define calloc_must_clear(p) (!is_mmapped(p)) #else /* MMAP_CLEARS */ #define calloc_must_clear(p) (1) #endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */ /* ---------------------- Overlaid data structures ----------------------- */ /* When chunks are not in use, they are treated as nodes of either lists or trees. "Small" chunks are stored in circular doubly-linked lists, and look like this: chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Size of previous chunk | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P| mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Forward pointer to next chunk in list | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Back pointer to previous chunk in list | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Unused space (may be 0 bytes long) . . . . | nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ Larger chunks are kept in a form of bitwise digital trees (aka tries) keyed on chunksizes. Because malloc_tree_chunks are only for free chunks greater than 256 bytes, their size doesn't impose any constraints on user chunk sizes. Each node looks like: chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Size of previous chunk | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P| mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Forward pointer to next chunk of same size | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Back pointer to previous chunk of same size | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Pointer to left child (child[0]) | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Pointer to right child (child[1]) | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Pointer to parent | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | bin index of this chunk | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ | Unused space . . | nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes | +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ Each tree holding treenodes is a tree of unique chunk sizes. Chunks of the same size are arranged in a circularly-linked list, with only the oldest chunk (the next to be used, in our FIFO ordering) actually in the tree. (Tree members are distinguished by a non-null parent pointer.) If a chunk with the same size an an existing node is inserted, it is linked off the existing node using pointers that work in the same way as fd/bk pointers of small chunks. Each tree contains a power of 2 sized range of chunk sizes (the smallest is 0x100 <= x < 0x180), which is is divided in half at each tree level, with the chunks in the smaller half of the range (0x100 <= x < 0x140 for the top nose) in the left subtree and the larger half (0x140 <= x < 0x180) in the right subtree. This is, of course, done by inspecting individual bits. Using these rules, each node's left subtree contains all smaller sizes than its right subtree. However, the node at the root of each subtree has no particular ordering relationship to either. (The dividing line between the subtree sizes is based on trie relation.) If we remove the last chunk of a given size from the interior of the tree, we need to replace it with a leaf node. The tree ordering rules permit a node to be replaced by any leaf below it. The smallest chunk in a tree (a common operation in a best-fit allocator) can be found by walking a path to the leftmost leaf in the tree. Unlike a usual binary tree, where we follow left child pointers until we reach a null, here we follow the right child pointer any time the left one is null, until we reach a leaf with both child pointers null. The smallest chunk in the tree will be somewhere along that path. The worst case number of steps to add, find, or remove a node is bounded by the number of bits differentiating chunks within bins. Under current bin calculations, this ranges from 6 up to 21 (for 32 bit sizes) or up to 53 (for 64 bit sizes). The typical case is of course much better. */ struct malloc_tree_chunk { /* The first four fields must be compatible with malloc_chunk */ size_t prev_foot; size_t head; struct malloc_tree_chunk* fd; struct malloc_tree_chunk* bk; struct malloc_tree_chunk* child[2]; struct malloc_tree_chunk* parent; bindex_t index; }; typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk tchunk; typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tchunkptr; typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tbinptr; /* The type of bins of trees */ /* A little helper macro for trees */ #define leftmost_child(t) ((t)->child[0] != 0? (t)->child[0] : (t)->child[1]) /* ----------------------------- Segments -------------------------------- */ /* Each malloc space may include non-contiguous segments, held in a list headed by an embedded malloc_segment record representing the top-most space. Segments also include flags holding properties of the space. Large chunks that are directly allocated by mmap are not included in this list. They are instead independently created and destroyed without otherwise keeping track of them. Segment management mainly comes into play for spaces allocated by MMAP. Any call to MMAP might or might not return memory that is adjacent to an existing segment. MORECORE normally contiguously extends the current space, so this space is almost always adjacent, which is simpler and faster to deal with. (This is why MORECORE is used preferentially to MMAP when both are available -- see sys_alloc.) When allocating using MMAP, we don't use any of the hinting mechanisms (inconsistently) supported in various implementations of unix mmap, or distinguish reserving from committing memory. Instead, we just ask for space, and exploit contiguity when we get it. It is probably possible to do better than this on some systems, but no general scheme seems to be significantly better. Management entails a simpler variant of the consolidation scheme used for chunks to reduce fragmentation -- new adjacent memory is normally prepended or appended to an existing segment. However, there are limitations compared to chunk consolidation that mostly reflect the fact that segment processing is relatively infrequent (occurring only when getting memory from system) and that we don't expect to have huge numbers of segments: * Segments are not indexed, so traversal requires linear scans. (It would be possible to index these, but is not worth the extra overhead and complexity for most programs on most platforms.) * New segments are only appended to old ones when holding top-most memory; if they cannot be prepended to others, they are held in different segments. Except for the top-most segment of an mstate, each segment record is kept at the tail of its segment. Segments are added by pushing segment records onto the list headed by &mstate.seg for the containing mstate. Segment flags control allocation/merge/deallocation policies: * If EXTERN_BIT set, then we did not allocate this segment, and so should not try to deallocate or merge with others. (This currently holds only for the initial segment passed into create_mspace_with_base.) * If USE_MMAP_BIT set, the segment may be merged with other surrounding mmapped segments and trimmed/de-allocated using munmap. * If neither bit is set, then the segment was obtained using MORECORE so can be merged with surrounding MORECORE'd segments and deallocated/trimmed using MORECORE with negative arguments. */ struct malloc_segment { char* base; /* base address */ size_t size; /* allocated size */ struct malloc_segment* next; /* ptr to next segment */ flag_t sflags; /* mmap and extern flag */ }; #define is_mmapped_segment(S) ((S)->sflags & USE_MMAP_BIT) #define is_extern_segment(S) ((S)->sflags & EXTERN_BIT) typedef struct malloc_segment msegment; typedef struct malloc_segment* msegmentptr; /* ---------------------------- malloc_state ----------------------------- */ /* A malloc_state holds all of the bookkeeping for a space. The main fields are: Top The topmost chunk of the currently active segment. Its size is cached in topsize. The actual size of topmost space is topsize+TOP_FOOT_SIZE, which includes space reserved for adding fenceposts and segment records if necessary when getting more space from the system. The size at which to autotrim top is cached from mparams in trim_check, except that it is disabled if an autotrim fails. Designated victim (dv) This is the preferred chunk for servicing small requests that don't have exact fits. It is normally the chunk split off most recently to service another small request. Its size is cached in dvsize. The link fields of this chunk are not maintained since it is not kept in a bin. SmallBins An array of bin headers for free chunks. These bins hold chunks with sizes less than MIN_LARGE_SIZE bytes. Each bin contains chunks of all the same size, spaced 8 bytes apart. To simplify use in double-linked lists, each bin header acts as a malloc_chunk pointing to the real first node, if it exists (else pointing to itself). This avoids special-casing for headers. But to avoid waste, we allocate only the fd/bk pointers of bins, and then use repositioning tricks to treat these as the fields of a chunk. TreeBins Treebins are pointers to the roots of trees holding a range of sizes. There are 2 equally spaced treebins for each power of two from TREE_SHIFT to TREE_SHIFT+16. The last bin holds anything larger. Bin maps There is one bit map for small bins ("smallmap") and one for treebins ("treemap). Each bin sets its bit when non-empty, and clears the bit when empty. Bit operations are then used to avoid bin-by-bin searching -- nearly all "search" is done without ever looking at bins that won't be selected. The bit maps conservatively use 32 bits per map word, even if on 64bit system. For a good description of some of the bit-based techniques used here, see Henry S. Warren Jr's book "Hacker's Delight" (and supplement at http://hackersdelight.org/). Many of these are intended to reduce the branchiness of paths through malloc etc, as well as to reduce the number of memory locations read or written. Segments A list of segments headed by an embedded malloc_segment record representing the initial space. Address check support The least_addr field is the least address ever obtained from MORECORE or MMAP. Attempted frees and reallocs of any address less than this are trapped (unless INSECURE is defined). Magic tag A cross-check field that should always hold same value as mparams.magic. Max allowed footprint The maximum allowed bytes to allocate from system (zero means no limit) Flags Bits recording whether to use MMAP, locks, or contiguous MORECORE Statistics Each space keeps track of current and maximum system memory obtained via MORECORE or MMAP. Trim support Fields holding the amount of unused topmost memory that should trigger trimming, and a counter to force periodic scanning to release unused non-topmost segments. Locking If USE_LOCKS is defined, the "mutex" lock is acquired and released around every public call using this mspace. Extension support A void* pointer and a size_t field that can be used to help implement extensions to this malloc. */ /* Bin types, widths and sizes */ #define NSMALLBINS (32U) #define NTREEBINS (32U) #define SMALLBIN_SHIFT (3U) #define SMALLBIN_WIDTH (SIZE_T_ONE << SMALLBIN_SHIFT) #define TREEBIN_SHIFT (8U) #define MIN_LARGE_SIZE (SIZE_T_ONE << TREEBIN_SHIFT) #define MAX_SMALL_SIZE (MIN_LARGE_SIZE - SIZE_T_ONE) #define MAX_SMALL_REQUEST (MAX_SMALL_SIZE - CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK - CHUNK_OVERHEAD) struct malloc_state { binmap_t smallmap; binmap_t treemap; size_t dvsize; size_t topsize; char* least_addr; mchunkptr dv; mchunkptr top; size_t trim_check; size_t release_checks; size_t magic; mchunkptr smallbins[(NSMALLBINS+1)*2]; tbinptr treebins[NTREEBINS]; size_t footprint; size_t max_footprint; size_t footprint_limit; /* zero means no limit */ flag_t mflags; #if USE_LOCKS MLOCK_T mutex; /* locate lock among fields that rarely change */ #endif /* USE_LOCKS */ msegment seg; void* extp; /* Unused but available for extensions */ size_t exts; }; typedef struct malloc_state* mstate; /* ------------- Global malloc_state and malloc_params ------------------- */ /* malloc_params holds global properties, including those that can be dynamically set using mallopt. There is a single instance, mparams, initialized in init_mparams. Note that the non-zeroness of "magic" also serves as an initialization flag. */ struct malloc_params { size_t magic; size_t page_size; size_t granularity; size_t mmap_threshold; size_t trim_threshold; flag_t default_mflags; }; static struct malloc_params mparams; /* Ensure mparams initialized */ #define ensure_initialization() (void)(mparams.magic != 0 || init_mparams()) #if !ONLY_MSPACES /* The global malloc_state used for all non-"mspace" calls */ static struct malloc_state _gm_; #define gm (&_gm_) #define is_global(M) ((M) == &_gm_) #endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */ #define is_initialized(M) ((M)->top != 0) /* -------------------------- system alloc setup ------------------------- */ /* Operations on mflags */ #define use_lock(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_LOCK_BIT) #define enable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_LOCK_BIT) #if USE_LOCKS #define disable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_LOCK_BIT) #else #define disable_lock(M) #endif #define use_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_MMAP_BIT) #define enable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_MMAP_BIT) #if HAVE_MMAP #define disable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_MMAP_BIT) #else #define disable_mmap(M) #endif #define use_noncontiguous(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) #define disable_contiguous(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) #define set_lock(M,L)\ ((M)->mflags = (L)?\ ((M)->mflags | USE_LOCK_BIT) :\ ((M)->mflags & ~USE_LOCK_BIT)) /* page-align a size */ #define page_align(S)\ (((S) + (mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) & ~(mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) /* granularity-align a size */ #define granularity_align(S)\ (((S) + (mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE))\ & ~(mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) /* For mmap, use granularity alignment on windows, else page-align */ #ifdef WIN32 #define mmap_align(S) granularity_align(S) #else #define mmap_align(S) page_align(S) #endif /* For sys_alloc, enough padding to ensure can malloc request on success */ #define SYS_ALLOC_PADDING (TOP_FOOT_SIZE + MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) #define is_page_aligned(S)\ (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0) #define is_granularity_aligned(S)\ (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0) /* True if segment S holds address A */ #define segment_holds(S, A)\ ((char*)(A) >= S->base && (char*)(A) < S->base + S->size) /* Return segment holding given address */ static msegmentptr segment_holding(mstate m, char* addr) { msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; for (;;) { if (addr >= sp->base && addr < sp->base + sp->size) return sp; if ((sp = sp->next) == 0) return 0; } } /* Return true if segment contains a segment link */ static int has_segment_link(mstate m, msegmentptr ss) { msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; for (;;) { if ((char*)sp >= ss->base && (char*)sp < ss->base + ss->size) return 1; if ((sp = sp->next) == 0) return 0; } } #ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM #define should_trim(M,s) ((s) > (M)->trim_check) #else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ #define should_trim(M,s) (0) #endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ /* TOP_FOOT_SIZE is padding at the end of a segment, including space that may be needed to place segment records and fenceposts when new noncontiguous segments are added. */ #define TOP_FOOT_SIZE \ (align_offset(chunk2mem(0))+pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment))+MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) /* ------------------------------- Hooks -------------------------------- */ /* PREACTION should be defined to return 0 on success, and nonzero on failure. If you are not using locking, you can redefine these to do anything you like. */ #if USE_LOCKS #define PREACTION(M) ((use_lock(M))? ACQUIRE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex) : 0) #define POSTACTION(M) { if (use_lock(M)) RELEASE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex); } #else /* USE_LOCKS */ #ifndef PREACTION #define PREACTION(M) (0) #endif /* PREACTION */ #ifndef POSTACTION #define POSTACTION(M) #endif /* POSTACTION */ #endif /* USE_LOCKS */ /* CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION is triggered upon detected bad addresses. USAGE_ERROR_ACTION is triggered on detected bad frees and reallocs. The argument p is an address that might have triggered the fault. It is ignored by the two predefined actions, but might be useful in custom actions that try to help diagnose errors. */ #if PROCEED_ON_ERROR /* A count of the number of corruption errors causing resets */ int malloc_corruption_error_count; /* default corruption action */ static void reset_on_error(mstate m); #define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) reset_on_error(m) #define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, p) #else /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ #ifndef CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION #define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) ABORT #endif /* CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION */ #ifndef USAGE_ERROR_ACTION #define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m,p) ABORT #endif /* USAGE_ERROR_ACTION */ #endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ /* -------------------------- Debugging setup ---------------------------- */ #if ! DEBUG #define check_free_chunk(M,P) #define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) #define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) #define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) #define check_malloc_state(M) #define check_top_chunk(M,P) #else /* DEBUG */ #define check_free_chunk(M,P) do_check_free_chunk(M,P) #define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) do_check_inuse_chunk(M,P) #define check_top_chunk(M,P) do_check_top_chunk(M,P) #define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) do_check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) #define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) do_check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) #define check_malloc_state(M) do_check_malloc_state(M) static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s); static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t); static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i); static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i); static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m); static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x); static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m); #endif /* DEBUG */ /* ---------------------------- Indexing Bins ---------------------------- */ #define is_small(s) (((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) < NSMALLBINS) #define small_index(s) (bindex_t)((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) #define small_index2size(i) ((i) << SMALLBIN_SHIFT) #define MIN_SMALL_INDEX (small_index(MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)) /* addressing by index. See above about smallbin repositioning */ #define smallbin_at(M, i) ((sbinptr)((char*)&((M)->smallbins[(i)<<1]))) #define treebin_at(M,i) (&((M)->treebins[i])) /* assign tree index for size S to variable I. Use x86 asm if possible */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)) #define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ {\ unsigned int X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ if (X == 0)\ I = 0;\ else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ I = NTREEBINS-1;\ else {\ unsigned int K = (unsigned) sizeof(X)*__CHAR_BIT__ - 1 - (unsigned) __builtin_clz(X); \ I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ }\ } #elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) #define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ {\ size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ if (X == 0)\ I = 0;\ else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ I = NTREEBINS-1;\ else {\ unsigned int K = _bit_scan_reverse (X); \ I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ }\ } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 #define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ {\ size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ if (X == 0)\ I = 0;\ else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ I = NTREEBINS-1;\ else {\ unsigned int K;\ _BitScanReverse((DWORD *) &K, (DWORD) X);\ I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ }\ } #else /* GNUC */ #define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ {\ size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ if (X == 0)\ I = 0;\ else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ I = NTREEBINS-1;\ else {\ unsigned int Y = (unsigned int)X;\ unsigned int N = ((Y - 0x100) >> 16) & 8;\ unsigned int K = (((Y <<= N) - 0x1000) >> 16) & 4;\ N += K;\ N += K = (((Y <<= K) - 0x4000) >> 16) & 2;\ K = 14 - N + ((Y <<= K) >> 15);\ I = (K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1));\ }\ } #endif /* GNUC */ /* Bit representing maximum resolved size in a treebin at i */ #define bit_for_tree_index(i) \ (i == NTREEBINS-1)? (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-1) : (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2) /* Shift placing maximum resolved bit in a treebin at i as sign bit */ #define leftshift_for_tree_index(i) \ ((i == NTREEBINS-1)? 0 : \ ((SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE) - (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2))) /* The size of the smallest chunk held in bin with index i */ #define minsize_for_tree_index(i) \ ((SIZE_T_ONE << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT)) | \ (((size_t)((i) & SIZE_T_ONE)) << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 1))) /* ------------------------ Operations on bin maps ----------------------- */ /* bit corresponding to given index */ #define idx2bit(i) ((binmap_t)(1) << (i)) /* Mark/Clear bits with given index */ #define mark_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap |= idx2bit(i)) #define clear_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap &= ~idx2bit(i)) #define smallmap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->smallmap & idx2bit(i)) #define mark_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap |= idx2bit(i)) #define clear_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap &= ~idx2bit(i)) #define treemap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->treemap & idx2bit(i)) /* isolate the least set bit of a bitmap */ #define least_bit(x) ((x) & -(x)) /* mask with all bits to left of least bit of x on */ #define left_bits(x) ((x<<1) | -(x<<1)) /* mask with all bits to left of or equal to least bit of x on */ #define same_or_left_bits(x) ((x) | -(x)) /* index corresponding to given bit. Use x86 asm if possible */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)) #define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ {\ unsigned int J;\ J = __builtin_ctz(X); \ I = (bindex_t)J;\ } #elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) #define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ {\ unsigned int J;\ J = _bit_scan_forward (X); \ I = (bindex_t)J;\ } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 #define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ {\ unsigned int J;\ _BitScanForward((DWORD *) &J, X);\ I = (bindex_t)J;\ } #elif USE_BUILTIN_FFS #define compute_bit2idx(X, I) I = ffs(X)-1 #else #define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ {\ unsigned int Y = X - 1;\ unsigned int K = Y >> (16-4) & 16;\ unsigned int N = K; Y >>= K;\ N += K = Y >> (8-3) & 8; Y >>= K;\ N += K = Y >> (4-2) & 4; Y >>= K;\ N += K = Y >> (2-1) & 2; Y >>= K;\ N += K = Y >> (1-0) & 1; Y >>= K;\ I = (bindex_t)(N + Y);\ } #endif /* GNUC */ /* ----------------------- Runtime Check Support ------------------------- */ /* For security, the main invariant is that malloc/free/etc never writes to a static address other than malloc_state, unless static malloc_state itself has been corrupted, which cannot occur via malloc (because of these checks). In essence this means that we believe all pointers, sizes, maps etc held in malloc_state, but check all of those linked or offsetted from other embedded data structures. These checks are interspersed with main code in a way that tends to minimize their run-time cost. When FOOTERS is defined, in addition to range checking, we also verify footer fields of inuse chunks, which can be used guarantee that the mstate controlling malloc/free is intact. This is a streamlined version of the approach described by William Robertson et al in "Run-time Detection of Heap-based Overflows" LISA'03 http://www.usenix.org/events/lisa03/tech/robertson.html The footer of an inuse chunk holds the xor of its mstate and a random seed, that is checked upon calls to free() and realloc(). This is (probabalistically) unguessable from outside the program, but can be computed by any code successfully malloc'ing any chunk, so does not itself provide protection against code that has already broken security through some other means. Unlike Robertson et al, we always dynamically check addresses of all offset chunks (previous, next, etc). This turns out to be cheaper than relying on hashes. */ #if !INSECURE /* Check if address a is at least as high as any from MORECORE or MMAP */ #define ok_address(M, a) ((char*)(a) >= (M)->least_addr) /* Check if address of next chunk n is higher than base chunk p */ #define ok_next(p, n) ((char*)(p) < (char*)(n)) /* Check if p has inuse status */ #define ok_inuse(p) is_inuse(p) /* Check if p has its pinuse bit on */ #define ok_pinuse(p) pinuse(p) #else /* !INSECURE */ #define ok_address(M, a) (1) #define ok_next(b, n) (1) #define ok_inuse(p) (1) #define ok_pinuse(p) (1) #endif /* !INSECURE */ #if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) /* Check if (alleged) mstate m has expected magic field */ #define ok_magic(M) ((M)->magic == mparams.magic) #else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ #define ok_magic(M) (1) #endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ /* In gcc, use __builtin_expect to minimize impact of checks */ #if !INSECURE #if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3 #define RTCHECK(e) __builtin_expect(e, 1) #else /* GNUC */ #define RTCHECK(e) (e) #endif /* GNUC */ #else /* !INSECURE */ #define RTCHECK(e) (1) #endif /* !INSECURE */ /* macros to set up inuse chunks with or without footers */ #if !FOOTERS #define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s) /* Macros for setting head/foot of non-mmapped chunks */ /* Set cinuse bit and pinuse bit of next chunk */ #define set_inuse(M,p,s)\ ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\ ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT) /* Set cinuse and pinuse of this chunk and pinuse of next chunk */ #define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\ ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT) /* Set size, cinuse and pinuse bit of this chunk */ #define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\ ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT)) #else /* FOOTERS */ /* Set foot of inuse chunk to be xor of mstate and seed */ #define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)\ (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = ((size_t)(M) ^ mparams.magic)) #define get_mstate_for(p)\ ((mstate)(((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) +\ (chunksize(p))))->prev_foot ^ mparams.magic)) #define set_inuse(M,p,s)\ ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\ (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT), \ mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)) #define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\ ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT),\ mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)) #define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\ ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ mark_inuse_foot(M, p, s)) #endif /* !FOOTERS */ /* ---------------------------- setting mparams -------------------------- */ #if LOCK_AT_FORK static void pre_fork(void) { ACQUIRE_LOCK(&(gm)->mutex); } static void post_fork_parent(void) { RELEASE_LOCK(&(gm)->mutex); } static void post_fork_child(void) { INITIAL_LOCK(&(gm)->mutex); } #endif /* LOCK_AT_FORK */ /* Initialize mparams */ static int init_mparams(void) { #ifdef NEED_GLOBAL_LOCK_INIT if (malloc_global_mutex_status <= 0) init_malloc_global_mutex(); #endif ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); if (mparams.magic == 0) { size_t magic; size_t psize; size_t gsize; #ifndef WIN32 psize = malloc_getpagesize; gsize = ((DEFAULT_GRANULARITY != 0)? DEFAULT_GRANULARITY : psize); #else /* WIN32 */ { SYSTEM_INFO system_info; GetSystemInfo(&system_info); psize = system_info.dwPageSize; gsize = ((DEFAULT_GRANULARITY != 0)? DEFAULT_GRANULARITY : system_info.dwAllocationGranularity); } #endif /* WIN32 */ /* Sanity-check configuration: size_t must be unsigned and as wide as pointer type. ints must be at least 4 bytes. alignment must be at least 8. Alignment, min chunk size, and page size must all be powers of 2. */ if ((sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(char*)) || (MAX_SIZE_T < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) || (sizeof(int) < 4) || (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT < (size_t)8U) || ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT & (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || ((MCHUNK_SIZE & (MCHUNK_SIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || ((gsize & (gsize-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || ((psize & (psize-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0)) ABORT; mparams.granularity = gsize; mparams.page_size = psize; mparams.mmap_threshold = DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD; mparams.trim_threshold = DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD; #if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT; #else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT|USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT; #endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ #if !ONLY_MSPACES /* Set up lock for main malloc area */ gm->mflags = mparams.default_mflags; (void)INITIAL_LOCK(&gm->mutex); #endif #if LOCK_AT_FORK pthread_atfork(&pre_fork, &post_fork_parent, &post_fork_child); #endif { #if USE_DEV_RANDOM int fd; unsigned char buf[sizeof(size_t)]; /* Try to use /dev/urandom, else fall back on using time */ if ((fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY)) >= 0 && read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) == sizeof(buf)) { magic = *((size_t *) buf); close(fd); } else #endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */ #ifdef WIN32 magic = (size_t)(GetTickCount() ^ (size_t)0x55555555U); #elif defined(LACKS_TIME_H) || defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) magic = (size_t)&magic ^ (size_t)0x55555555U; #else magic = (size_t)(time(0) ^ (size_t)0x55555555U); #endif magic |= (size_t)8U; /* ensure nonzero */ magic &= ~(size_t)7U; /* improve chances of fault for bad values */ /* Until memory modes commonly available, use volatile-write */ (*(volatile size_t *)(&(mparams.magic))) = magic; } } RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); return 1; } /* support for mallopt */ static int change_mparam(int param_number, int value) { size_t val; ensure_initialization(); val = (value == -1)? MAX_SIZE_T : (size_t)value; switch(param_number) { case M_TRIM_THRESHOLD: mparams.trim_threshold = val; return 1; case M_GRANULARITY: if (val >= mparams.page_size && ((val & (val-1)) == 0)) { mparams.granularity = val; return 1; } else return 0; case M_MMAP_THRESHOLD: mparams.mmap_threshold = val; return 1; default: return 0; } } #if DEBUG /* ------------------------- Debugging Support --------------------------- */ /* Check properties of any chunk, whether free, inuse, mmapped etc */ static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); assert(ok_address(m, p)); } /* Check properties of top chunk */ static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)p); size_t sz = p->head & ~INUSE_BITS; /* third-lowest bit can be set! */ assert(sp != 0); assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); assert(ok_address(m, p)); assert(sz == m->topsize); assert(sz > 0); assert(sz == ((sp->base + sp->size) - (char*)p) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); assert(pinuse(p)); assert(!pinuse(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz))); } /* Check properties of (inuse) mmapped chunks */ static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { size_t sz = chunksize(p); size_t len = (sz + (p->prev_foot) + MMAP_FOOT_PAD); assert(is_mmapped(p)); assert(use_mmap(m)); assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); assert(ok_address(m, p)); assert(!is_small(sz)); assert((len & (mparams.page_size-SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0); assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz)->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD); assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head == 0); } /* Check properties of inuse chunks */ static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { do_check_any_chunk(m, p); assert(is_inuse(p)); assert(next_pinuse(p)); /* If not pinuse and not mmapped, previous chunk has OK offset */ assert(is_mmapped(p) || pinuse(p) || next_chunk(prev_chunk(p)) == p); if (is_mmapped(p)) do_check_mmapped_chunk(m, p); } /* Check properties of free chunks */ static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { size_t sz = chunksize(p); mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, sz); do_check_any_chunk(m, p); assert(!is_inuse(p)); assert(!next_pinuse(p)); assert (!is_mmapped(p)); if (p != m->dv && p != m->top) { if (sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0); assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))); assert(next->prev_foot == sz); assert(pinuse(p)); assert (next == m->top || is_inuse(next)); assert(p->fd->bk == p); assert(p->bk->fd == p); } else /* markers are always of size SIZE_T_SIZE */ assert(sz == SIZE_T_SIZE); } } /* Check properties of malloced chunks at the point they are malloced */ static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s) { if (mem != 0) { mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); size_t sz = p->head & ~INUSE_BITS; do_check_inuse_chunk(m, p); assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0); assert(sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); assert(sz >= s); /* unless mmapped, size is less than MIN_CHUNK_SIZE more than request */ assert(is_mmapped(p) || sz < (s + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)); } } /* Check a tree and its subtrees. */ static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t) { tchunkptr head = 0; tchunkptr u = t; bindex_t tindex = t->index; size_t tsize = chunksize(t); bindex_t idx; compute_tree_index(tsize, idx); assert(tindex == idx); assert(tsize >= MIN_LARGE_SIZE); assert(tsize >= minsize_for_tree_index(idx)); assert((idx == NTREEBINS-1) || (tsize < minsize_for_tree_index((idx+1)))); do { /* traverse through chain of same-sized nodes */ do_check_any_chunk(m, ((mchunkptr)u)); assert(u->index == tindex); assert(chunksize(u) == tsize); assert(!is_inuse(u)); assert(!next_pinuse(u)); assert(u->fd->bk == u); assert(u->bk->fd == u); if (u->parent == 0) { assert(u->child[0] == 0); assert(u->child[1] == 0); } else { assert(head == 0); /* only one node on chain has parent */ head = u; assert(u->parent != u); assert (u->parent->child[0] == u || u->parent->child[1] == u || *((tbinptr*)(u->parent)) == u); if (u->child[0] != 0) { assert(u->child[0]->parent == u); assert(u->child[0] != u); do_check_tree(m, u->child[0]); } if (u->child[1] != 0) { assert(u->child[1]->parent == u); assert(u->child[1] != u); do_check_tree(m, u->child[1]); } if (u->child[0] != 0 && u->child[1] != 0) { assert(chunksize(u->child[0]) < chunksize(u->child[1])); } } u = u->fd; } while (u != t); assert(head != 0); } /* Check all the chunks in a treebin. */ static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i) { tbinptr* tb = treebin_at(m, i); tchunkptr t = *tb; int empty = (m->treemap & (1U << i)) == 0; if (t == 0) assert(empty); if (!empty) do_check_tree(m, t); } /* Check all the chunks in a smallbin. */ static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i) { sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, i); mchunkptr p = b->bk; unsigned int empty = (m->smallmap & (1U << i)) == 0; if (p == b) assert(empty); if (!empty) { for (; p != b; p = p->bk) { size_t size = chunksize(p); mchunkptr q; /* each chunk claims to be free */ do_check_free_chunk(m, p); /* chunk belongs in bin */ assert(small_index(size) == i); assert(p->bk == b || chunksize(p->bk) == chunksize(p)); /* chunk is followed by an inuse chunk */ q = next_chunk(p); if (q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q); } } } /* Find x in a bin. Used in other check functions. */ static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x) { size_t size = chunksize(x); if (is_small(size)) { bindex_t sidx = small_index(size); sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, sidx); if (smallmap_is_marked(m, sidx)) { mchunkptr p = b; do { if (p == x) return 1; } while ((p = p->fd) != b); } } else { bindex_t tidx; compute_tree_index(size, tidx); if (treemap_is_marked(m, tidx)) { tchunkptr t = *treebin_at(m, tidx); size_t sizebits = size << leftshift_for_tree_index(tidx); while (t != 0 && chunksize(t) != size) { t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]; sizebits <<= 1; } if (t != 0) { tchunkptr u = t; do { if (u == (tchunkptr)x) return 1; } while ((u = u->fd) != t); } } } return 0; } /* Traverse each chunk and check it; return total */ static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m) { size_t sum = 0; if (is_initialized(m)) { msegmentptr s = &m->seg; sum += m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE; while (s != 0) { mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); mchunkptr lastq = 0; assert(pinuse(q)); while (segment_holds(s, q) && q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { sum += chunksize(q); if (is_inuse(q)) { assert(!bin_find(m, q)); do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q); } else { assert(q == m->dv || bin_find(m, q)); assert(lastq == 0 || is_inuse(lastq)); /* Not 2 consecutive free */ do_check_free_chunk(m, q); } lastq = q; q = next_chunk(q); } s = s->next; } } return sum; } /* Check all properties of malloc_state. */ static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m) { bindex_t i; size_t total; /* check bins */ for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) do_check_smallbin(m, i); for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i) do_check_treebin(m, i); if (m->dvsize != 0) { /* check dv chunk */ do_check_any_chunk(m, m->dv); assert(m->dvsize == chunksize(m->dv)); assert(m->dvsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); assert(bin_find(m, m->dv) == 0); } if (m->top != 0) { /* check top chunk */ do_check_top_chunk(m, m->top); /*assert(m->topsize == chunksize(m->top)); redundant */ assert(m->topsize > 0); assert(bin_find(m, m->top) == 0); } total = traverse_and_check(m); assert(total <= m->footprint); assert(m->footprint <= m->max_footprint); } #endif /* DEBUG */ /* ----------------------------- statistics ------------------------------ */ #if !NO_MALLINFO static struct mallinfo internal_mallinfo(mstate m) { struct mallinfo nm = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; ensure_initialization(); if (!PREACTION(m)) { check_malloc_state(m); if (is_initialized(m)) { size_t nfree = SIZE_T_ONE; /* top always free */ size_t mfree = m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE; size_t sum = mfree; msegmentptr s = &m->seg; while (s != 0) { mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); while (segment_holds(s, q) && q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { size_t sz = chunksize(q); sum += sz; if (!is_inuse(q)) { mfree += sz; ++nfree; } q = next_chunk(q); } s = s->next; } nm.arena = sum; nm.ordblks = nfree; nm.hblkhd = m->footprint - sum; nm.usmblks = m->max_footprint; nm.uordblks = m->footprint - mfree; nm.fordblks = mfree; nm.keepcost = m->topsize; } POSTACTION(m); } return nm; } #endif /* !NO_MALLINFO */ #if !NO_MALLOC_STATS static void internal_malloc_stats(mstate m) { ensure_initialization(); if (!PREACTION(m)) { size_t maxfp = 0; size_t fp = 0; size_t used = 0; check_malloc_state(m); if (is_initialized(m)) { msegmentptr s = &m->seg; maxfp = m->max_footprint; fp = m->footprint; used = fp - (m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE); while (s != 0) { mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); while (segment_holds(s, q) && q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { if (!is_inuse(q)) used -= chunksize(q); q = next_chunk(q); } s = s->next; } } POSTACTION(m); /* drop lock */ fprintf(stderr, "max system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(maxfp)); fprintf(stderr, "system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(fp)); fprintf(stderr, "in use bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(used)); } } #endif /* NO_MALLOC_STATS */ /* ----------------------- Operations on smallbins ----------------------- */ /* Various forms of linking and unlinking are defined as macros. Even the ones for trees, which are very long but have very short typical paths. This is ugly but reduces reliance on inlining support of compilers. */ /* Link a free chunk into a smallbin */ #define insert_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\ bindex_t I = small_index(S);\ mchunkptr B = smallbin_at(M, I);\ mchunkptr F = B;\ assert(S >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);\ if (!smallmap_is_marked(M, I))\ mark_smallmap(M, I);\ else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, B->fd)))\ F = B->fd;\ else {\ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ }\ B->fd = P;\ F->bk = P;\ P->fd = F;\ P->bk = B;\ } /* Unlink a chunk from a smallbin */ #define unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\ mchunkptr F = P->fd;\ mchunkptr B = P->bk;\ bindex_t I = small_index(S);\ assert(P != B);\ assert(P != F);\ assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\ if (RTCHECK(F == smallbin_at(M,I) || (ok_address(M, F) && F->bk == P))) { \ if (B == F) {\ clear_smallmap(M, I);\ }\ else if (RTCHECK(B == smallbin_at(M,I) ||\ (ok_address(M, B) && B->fd == P))) {\ F->bk = B;\ B->fd = F;\ }\ else {\ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ }\ }\ else {\ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ }\ } /* Unlink the first chunk from a smallbin */ #define unlink_first_small_chunk(M, B, P, I) {\ mchunkptr F = P->fd;\ assert(P != B);\ assert(P != F);\ assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\ if (B == F) {\ clear_smallmap(M, I);\ }\ else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F) && F->bk == P)) {\ F->bk = B;\ B->fd = F;\ }\ else {\ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ }\ } /* Replace dv node, binning the old one */ /* Used only when dvsize known to be small */ #define replace_dv(M, P, S) {\ size_t DVS = M->dvsize;\ assert(is_small(DVS));\ if (DVS != 0) {\ mchunkptr DV = M->dv;\ insert_small_chunk(M, DV, DVS);\ }\ M->dvsize = S;\ M->dv = P;\ } /* ------------------------- Operations on trees ------------------------- */ /* Insert chunk into tree */ #define insert_large_chunk(M, X, S) {\ tbinptr* H;\ bindex_t I;\ compute_tree_index(S, I);\ H = treebin_at(M, I);\ X->index = I;\ X->child[0] = X->child[1] = 0;\ if (!treemap_is_marked(M, I)) {\ mark_treemap(M, I);\ *H = X;\ X->parent = (tchunkptr)H;\ X->fd = X->bk = X;\ }\ else {\ tchunkptr T = *H;\ size_t K = S << leftshift_for_tree_index(I);\ for (;;) {\ if (chunksize(T) != S) {\ tchunkptr* C = &(T->child[(K >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]);\ K <<= 1;\ if (*C != 0)\ T = *C;\ else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C))) {\ *C = X;\ X->parent = T;\ X->fd = X->bk = X;\ break;\ }\ else {\ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ break;\ }\ }\ else {\ tchunkptr F = T->fd;\ if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, T) && ok_address(M, F))) {\ T->fd = F->bk = X;\ X->fd = F;\ X->bk = T;\ X->parent = 0;\ break;\ }\ else {\ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ break;\ }\ }\ }\ }\ } /* Unlink steps: 1. If x is a chained node, unlink it from its same-sized fd/bk links and choose its bk node as its replacement. 2. If x was the last node of its size, but not a leaf node, it must be replaced with a leaf node (not merely one with an open left or right), to make sure that lefts and rights of descendents correspond properly to bit masks. We use the rightmost descendent of x. We could use any other leaf, but this is easy to locate and tends to counteract removal of leftmosts elsewhere, and so keeps paths shorter than minimally guaranteed. This doesn't loop much because on average a node in a tree is near the bottom. 3. If x is the base of a chain (i.e., has parent links) relink x's parent and children to x's replacement (or null if none). */ #define unlink_large_chunk(M, X) { \ tchunkptr XP = X->parent; \ tchunkptr R; \ if (X->bk != X) { \ tchunkptr F = X->fd; \ R = X->bk; \ if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F) && F->bk == X && R->fd == X)) { \ F->bk = R; \ R->fd = F; \ } \ else { \ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M); \ } \ } \ else { \ tchunkptr* RP; \ if (((R = *(RP = &(X->child[1]))) != 0) || \ ((R = *(RP = &(X->child[0]))) != 0)) { \ tchunkptr* CP; \ while ((*(CP = &(R->child[1])) != 0) || \ (*(CP = &(R->child[0])) != 0)) { \ R = *(RP = CP); \ } \ if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, RP))) \ *RP = 0; \ else { \ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M); \ } \ } \ } \ if (XP != 0) { \ tbinptr* H = treebin_at(M, X->index); \ if (X == *H) { \ if ((*H = R) == 0) \ clear_treemap(M, X->index); \ } \ else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, XP))) { \ if (XP->child[0] == X) \ XP->child[0] = R; \ else \ XP->child[1] = R; \ } \ else \ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M); \ if (R != 0) { \ if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, R))) { \ tchunkptr C0, C1; \ R->parent = XP; \ if ((C0 = X->child[0]) != 0) { \ if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C0))) { \ R->child[0] = C0; \ C0->parent = R; \ } \ else \ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M); \ } \ if ((C1 = X->child[1]) != 0) { \ if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C1))) { \ R->child[1] = C1; \ C1->parent = R; \ } \ else \ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M); \ } \ } \ else \ CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M); \ } \ } \ } /* Relays to large vs small bin operations */ #define insert_chunk(M, P, S) \ if (is_small(S)) insert_small_chunk(M, P, S) \ else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); insert_large_chunk(M, TP, S); } #define unlink_chunk(M, P, S) \ if (is_small(S)) unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S) \ else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); unlink_large_chunk(M, TP); } /* Relays to internal calls to malloc/free from realloc, memalign etc */ #if ONLY_MSPACES #define internal_malloc(m, b) mspace_malloc(m, b) #define internal_free(m, mem) mspace_free(m,mem); #else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ #if MSPACES #define internal_malloc(m, b)\ ((m == gm)? dlmalloc(b) : mspace_malloc(m, b)) #define internal_free(m, mem)\ if (m == gm) dlfree(mem); else mspace_free(m,mem); #else /* MSPACES */ #define internal_malloc(m, b) dlmalloc(b) #define internal_free(m, mem) dlfree(mem) #endif /* MSPACES */ #endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ /* ----------------------- Direct-mmapping chunks ----------------------- */ /* Directly mmapped chunks are set up with an offset to the start of the mmapped region stored in the prev_foot field of the chunk. This allows reconstruction of the required argument to MUNMAP when freed, and also allows adjustment of the returned chunk to meet alignment requirements (especially in memalign). */ /* Malloc using mmap */ static void* mmap_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) { size_t mmsize = mmap_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); if (m->footprint_limit != 0) { size_t fp = m->footprint + mmsize; if (fp <= m->footprint || fp > m->footprint_limit) return 0; } if (mmsize > nb) { /* Check for wrap around 0 */ char* mm = (char*)(CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(mmsize)); if (mm != CMFAIL) { size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(mm)); size_t psize = mmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD; mchunkptr p = (mchunkptr)(mm + offset); p->prev_foot = offset; p->head = psize; mark_inuse_foot(m, p, psize); chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; chunk_plus_offset(p, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0; if (m->least_addr == 0 || mm < m->least_addr) m->least_addr = mm; if ((m->footprint += mmsize) > m->max_footprint) m->max_footprint = m->footprint; assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))); check_mmapped_chunk(m, p); return chunk2mem(p); } } return 0; } /* Realloc using mmap */ static mchunkptr mmap_resize(mstate m, mchunkptr oldp, size_t nb, int flags) { size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp); (void)flags; /* placate people compiling -Wunused */ if (is_small(nb)) /* Can't shrink mmap regions below small size */ return 0; /* Keep old chunk if big enough but not too big */ if (oldsize >= nb + SIZE_T_SIZE && (oldsize - nb) <= (mparams.granularity << 1)) return oldp; else { size_t offset = oldp->prev_foot; size_t oldmmsize = oldsize + offset + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; size_t newmmsize = mmap_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); char* cp = (char*)CALL_MREMAP((char*)oldp - offset, oldmmsize, newmmsize, flags); if (cp != CMFAIL) { mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)(cp + offset); size_t psize = newmmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD; newp->head = psize; mark_inuse_foot(m, newp, psize); chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0; if (cp < m->least_addr) m->least_addr = cp; if ((m->footprint += newmmsize - oldmmsize) > m->max_footprint) m->max_footprint = m->footprint; check_mmapped_chunk(m, newp); return newp; } } return 0; } /* -------------------------- mspace management -------------------------- */ /* Initialize top chunk and its size */ static void init_top(mstate m, mchunkptr p, size_t psize) { /* Ensure alignment */ size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(p)); p = (mchunkptr)((char*)p + offset); psize -= offset; m->top = p; m->topsize = psize; p->head = psize | PINUSE_BIT; /* set size of fake trailing chunk holding overhead space only once */ chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = TOP_FOOT_SIZE; m->trim_check = mparams.trim_threshold; /* reset on each update */ } /* Initialize bins for a new mstate that is otherwise zeroed out */ static void init_bins(mstate m) { /* Establish circular links for smallbins */ bindex_t i; for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) { sbinptr bin = smallbin_at(m,i); bin->fd = bin->bk = bin; } } #if PROCEED_ON_ERROR /* default corruption action */ static void reset_on_error(mstate m) { int i; ++malloc_corruption_error_count; /* Reinitialize fields to forget about all memory */ m->smallmap = m->treemap = 0; m->dvsize = m->topsize = 0; m->seg.base = 0; m->seg.size = 0; m->seg.next = 0; m->top = m->dv = 0; for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i) *treebin_at(m, i) = 0; init_bins(m); } #endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ /* Allocate chunk and prepend remainder with chunk in successor base. */ static void* prepend_alloc(mstate m, char* newbase, char* oldbase, size_t nb) { mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(newbase); mchunkptr oldfirst = align_as_chunk(oldbase); size_t psize = (char*)oldfirst - (char*)p; mchunkptr q = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); size_t qsize = psize - nb; set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb); assert((char*)oldfirst > (char*)q); assert(pinuse(oldfirst)); assert(qsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); /* consolidate remainder with first chunk of old base */ if (oldfirst == m->top) { size_t tsize = m->topsize += qsize; m->top = q; q->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; check_top_chunk(m, q); } else if (oldfirst == m->dv) { size_t dsize = m->dvsize += qsize; m->dv = q; set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(q, dsize); } else { if (!is_inuse(oldfirst)) { size_t nsize = chunksize(oldfirst); unlink_chunk(m, oldfirst, nsize); oldfirst = chunk_plus_offset(oldfirst, nsize); qsize += nsize; } set_free_with_pinuse(q, qsize, oldfirst); insert_chunk(m, q, qsize); check_free_chunk(m, q); } check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb); return chunk2mem(p); } /* Add a segment to hold a new noncontiguous region */ static void add_segment(mstate m, char* tbase, size_t tsize, flag_t mmapped) { /* Determine locations and sizes of segment, fenceposts, old top */ char* old_top = (char*)m->top; msegmentptr oldsp = segment_holding(m, old_top); char* old_end = oldsp->base + oldsp->size; size_t ssize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment)); char* rawsp = old_end - (ssize + FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(rawsp)); char* asp = rawsp + offset; char* csp = (asp < (old_top + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE))? old_top : asp; mchunkptr sp = (mchunkptr)csp; msegmentptr ss = (msegmentptr)(chunk2mem(sp)); mchunkptr tnext = chunk_plus_offset(sp, ssize); mchunkptr p = tnext; int nfences = 0; /* reset top to new space */ init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); /* Set up segment record */ assert(is_aligned(ss)); set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, sp, ssize); *ss = m->seg; /* Push current record */ m->seg.base = tbase; m->seg.size = tsize; m->seg.sflags = mmapped; m->seg.next = ss; /* Insert trailing fenceposts */ for (;;) { mchunkptr nextp = chunk_plus_offset(p, SIZE_T_SIZE); p->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; ++nfences; if ((char*)(&(nextp->head)) < old_end) p = nextp; else break; } assert(nfences >= 2); /* Insert the rest of old top into a bin as an ordinary free chunk */ if (csp != old_top) { mchunkptr q = (mchunkptr)old_top; size_t psize = csp - old_top; mchunkptr tn = chunk_plus_offset(q, psize); set_free_with_pinuse(q, psize, tn); insert_chunk(m, q, psize); } check_top_chunk(m, m->top); } /* -------------------------- System allocation -------------------------- */ /* Get memory from system using MORECORE or MMAP */ static void* sys_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) { char* tbase = CMFAIL; size_t tsize = 0; flag_t mmap_flag = 0; size_t asize; /* allocation size */ ensure_initialization(); /* Directly map large chunks, but only if already initialized */ if (use_mmap(m) && nb >= mparams.mmap_threshold && m->topsize != 0) { void* mem = mmap_alloc(m, nb); if (mem != 0) return mem; } asize = granularity_align(nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING); if (asize <= nb) return 0; /* wraparound */ if (m->footprint_limit != 0) { size_t fp = m->footprint + asize; if (fp <= m->footprint || fp > m->footprint_limit) return 0; } /* Try getting memory in any of three ways (in most-preferred to least-preferred order): 1. A call to MORECORE that can normally contiguously extend memory. (disabled if not MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS or not HAVE_MORECORE or or main space is mmapped or a previous contiguous call failed) 2. A call to MMAP new space (disabled if not HAVE_MMAP). Note that under the default settings, if MORECORE is unable to fulfill a request, and HAVE_MMAP is true, then mmap is used as a noncontiguous system allocator. This is a useful backup strategy for systems with holes in address spaces -- in this case sbrk cannot contiguously expand the heap, but mmap may be able to find space. 3. A call to MORECORE that cannot usually contiguously extend memory. (disabled if not HAVE_MORECORE) In all cases, we need to request enough bytes from system to ensure we can malloc nb bytes upon success, so pad with enough space for top_foot, plus alignment-pad to make sure we don't lose bytes if not on boundary, and round this up to a granularity unit. */ if (MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS && !use_noncontiguous(m)) { char* br = CMFAIL; size_t ssize = asize; /* sbrk call size */ msegmentptr ss = (m->top == 0)? 0 : segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top); ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); if (ss == 0) { /* First time through or recovery */ char* base = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(0); if (base != CMFAIL) { size_t fp; /* Adjust to end on a page boundary */ if (!is_page_aligned(base)) ssize += (page_align((size_t)base) - (size_t)base); fp = m->footprint + ssize; /* recheck limits */ if (ssize > nb && (UNSIGNED_MORECORE || ssize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) && (m->footprint_limit == 0 || (fp > m->footprint && fp <= m->footprint_limit)) && (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(ssize))) == base) { tbase = base; tsize = ssize; } } } else { /* Subtract out existing available top space from MORECORE request. */ ssize = granularity_align(nb - m->topsize + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING); /* Use mem here only if it did continuously extend old space */ if ((UNSIGNED_MORECORE || ssize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) && (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(ssize))) == ss->base+ss->size) { tbase = br; tsize = ssize; } } if (tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Cope with partial failure */ if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Try to use/extend the space we did get */ if ((UNSIGNED_MORECORE || ssize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) && ssize < nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING) { size_t esize = granularity_align(nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING - ssize); if (UNSIGNED_MORECORE || esize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) { char* end = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(esize); if (end != CMFAIL) ssize += esize; else { /* Can't use; try to release */ if (!UNSIGNED_MORECORE) { (void) CALL_MORECORE(-ssize); } br = CMFAIL; } } } } if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Use the space we did get */ tbase = br; tsize = ssize; } else disable_contiguous(m); /* Don't try contiguous path in the future */ } RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); } if (HAVE_MMAP && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try MMAP */ char* mp = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(asize)); if (mp != CMFAIL) { tbase = mp; tsize = asize; mmap_flag = USE_MMAP_BIT; } } if (HAVE_MORECORE && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try noncontiguous MORECORE */ if (UNSIGNED_MORECORE || asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) { char* br = CMFAIL; char* end = CMFAIL; ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize)); end = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); if (br != CMFAIL && end != CMFAIL && br < end) { size_t ssize = end - br; if (ssize > nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE) { tbase = br; tsize = ssize; } } } } if (tbase != CMFAIL) { if ((m->footprint += tsize) > m->max_footprint) m->max_footprint = m->footprint; if (!is_initialized(m)) { /* first-time initialization */ if (m->least_addr == 0 || tbase < m->least_addr) m->least_addr = tbase; m->seg.base = tbase; m->seg.size = tsize; m->seg.sflags = mmap_flag; m->magic = mparams.magic; m->release_checks = MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE; init_bins(m); #if !ONLY_MSPACES if (is_global(m)) init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); else #endif { /* Offset top by embedded malloc_state */ mchunkptr mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m)); init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) -TOP_FOOT_SIZE); } } else { /* Try to merge with an existing segment */ msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; /* Only consider most recent segment if traversal suppressed */ while (sp != 0 && tbase != sp->base + sp->size) sp = (NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL) ? 0 : sp->next; if (sp != 0 && !is_extern_segment(sp) && (sp->sflags & USE_MMAP_BIT) == mmap_flag && segment_holds(sp, m->top)) { /* append */ sp->size += tsize; init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize + tsize); } else { if (tbase < m->least_addr) m->least_addr = tbase; sp = &m->seg; while (sp != 0 && sp->base != tbase + tsize) sp = (NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL) ? 0 : sp->next; if (sp != 0 && !is_extern_segment(sp) && (sp->sflags & USE_MMAP_BIT) == mmap_flag) { char* oldbase = sp->base; sp->base = tbase; sp->size += tsize; return prepend_alloc(m, tbase, oldbase, nb); } else add_segment(m, tbase, tsize, mmap_flag); } } if (nb < m->topsize) { /* Allocate from new or extended top space */ size_t rsize = m->topsize -= nb; mchunkptr p = m->top; mchunkptr r = m->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb); check_top_chunk(m, m->top); check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb); return chunk2mem(p); } } MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; return 0; } /* ----------------------- system deallocation -------------------------- */ /* Unmap and unlink any mmapped segments that don't contain used chunks */ static size_t release_unused_segments(mstate m) { size_t released = 0; int nsegs = 0; msegmentptr pred = &m->seg; msegmentptr sp = pred->next; while (sp != 0) { char* base = sp->base; size_t size = sp->size; msegmentptr next = sp->next; ++nsegs; if (is_mmapped_segment(sp) && !is_extern_segment(sp)) { mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(base); size_t psize = chunksize(p); /* Can unmap if first chunk holds entire segment and not pinned */ if (!is_inuse(p) && (char*)p + psize >= base + size - TOP_FOOT_SIZE) { tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; assert(segment_holds(sp, (char*)sp)); if (p == m->dv) { m->dv = 0; m->dvsize = 0; } else { unlink_large_chunk(m, tp); } if (CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) { released += size; m->footprint -= size; /* unlink obsoleted record */ sp = pred; sp->next = next; } else { /* back out if cannot unmap */ insert_large_chunk(m, tp, psize); } } } if (NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL) /* scan only first segment */ break; pred = sp; sp = next; } /* Reset check counter */ m->release_checks = (((size_t) nsegs > (size_t) MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE)? (size_t) nsegs : (size_t) MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE); return released; } static int sys_trim(mstate m, size_t pad) { size_t released = 0; ensure_initialization(); if (pad < MAX_REQUEST && is_initialized(m)) { pad += TOP_FOOT_SIZE; /* ensure enough room for segment overhead */ if (m->topsize > pad) { /* Shrink top space in granularity-size units, keeping at least one */ size_t unit = mparams.granularity; size_t extra = ((m->topsize - pad + (unit - SIZE_T_ONE)) / unit - SIZE_T_ONE) * unit; msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top); if (!is_extern_segment(sp)) { if (is_mmapped_segment(sp)) { if (HAVE_MMAP && sp->size >= extra && !has_segment_link(m, sp)) { /* can't shrink if pinned */ size_t newsize = sp->size - extra; (void)newsize; /* placate people compiling -Wunused-variable */ /* Prefer mremap, fall back to munmap */ if ((CALL_MREMAP(sp->base, sp->size, newsize, 0) != MFAIL) || (CALL_MUNMAP(sp->base + newsize, extra) == 0)) { released = extra; } } } else if (HAVE_MORECORE) { #ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM if (extra >= HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) /* Avoid wrapping negative */ extra = (HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) + SIZE_T_ONE - unit; ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); { /* Make sure end of memory is where we last set it. */ char* old_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); if (old_br == sp->base + sp->size) { char* rel_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(-extra)); char* new_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); if (rel_br != CMFAIL && new_br < old_br) released = old_br - new_br; } } RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); #endif } } if (released != 0) { sp->size -= released; m->footprint -= released; init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize - released); check_top_chunk(m, m->top); } } /* Unmap any unused mmapped segments */ if (HAVE_MMAP) released += release_unused_segments(m); /* On failure, disable autotrim to avoid repeated failed future calls */ if (released == 0 && m->topsize > m->trim_check) m->trim_check = MAX_SIZE_T; } return (released != 0)? 1 : 0; } /* Consolidate and bin a chunk. Differs from exported versions of free mainly in that the chunk need not be marked as inuse. */ static void dispose_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p, size_t psize) { mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); if (!pinuse(p)) { mchunkptr prev; size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; if (is_mmapped(p)) { psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) m->footprint -= psize; return; } prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); psize += prevsize; p = prev; if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ if (p != m->dv) { unlink_chunk(m, p, prevsize); } else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { m->dvsize = psize; set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); return; } } else { CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); return; } } if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, next))) { if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ if (next == m->top) { size_t tsize = m->topsize += psize; m->top = p; p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; if (p == m->dv) { m->dv = 0; m->dvsize = 0; } return; } else if (next == m->dv) { size_t dsize = m->dvsize += psize; m->dv = p; set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); return; } else { size_t nsize = chunksize(next); psize += nsize; unlink_chunk(m, next, nsize); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); if (p == m->dv) { m->dvsize = psize; return; } } } else { set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); } insert_chunk(m, p, psize); } else { CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); } } /* ---------------------------- malloc --------------------------- */ /* allocate a large request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */ static void* tmalloc_large(mstate m, size_t nb) { tchunkptr v = 0; size_t rsize = -nb; /* Unsigned negation */ tchunkptr t; bindex_t idx; compute_tree_index(nb, idx); if ((t = *treebin_at(m, idx)) != 0) { /* Traverse tree for this bin looking for node with size == nb */ size_t sizebits = nb << leftshift_for_tree_index(idx); tchunkptr rst = 0; /* The deepest untaken right subtree */ for (;;) { tchunkptr rt; size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; if (trem < rsize) { v = t; if ((rsize = trem) == 0) break; } rt = t->child[1]; t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]; if (rt != 0 && rt != t) rst = rt; if (t == 0) { t = rst; /* set t to least subtree holding sizes > nb */ break; } sizebits <<= 1; } } if (t == 0 && v == 0) { /* set t to root of next non-empty treebin */ binmap_t leftbits = left_bits(idx2bit(idx)) & m->treemap; if (leftbits != 0) { bindex_t i; binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); t = *treebin_at(m, i); } } while (t != 0) { /* find smallest of tree or subtree */ size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; if (trem < rsize) { rsize = trem; v = t; } t = leftmost_child(t); } /* If dv is a better fit, return 0 so malloc will use it */ if (v != 0 && rsize < (size_t)(m->dvsize - nb)) { if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { /* split */ mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb); assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb); if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) { unlink_large_chunk(m, v); if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb)); else { set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); insert_chunk(m, r, rsize); } return chunk2mem(v); } } CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); } return 0; } /* allocate a small request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */ static void* tmalloc_small(mstate m, size_t nb) { tchunkptr t, v; size_t rsize; bindex_t i; binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(m->treemap); compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); v = t = *treebin_at(m, i); rsize = chunksize(t) - nb; while ((t = leftmost_child(t)) != 0) { size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; if (trem < rsize) { rsize = trem; v = t; } } if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb); assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb); if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) { unlink_large_chunk(m, v); if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb)); else { set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); replace_dv(m, r, rsize); } return chunk2mem(v); } } CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); return 0; } #if !ONLY_MSPACES void* dlmalloc(size_t bytes) { /* Basic algorithm: If a small request (< 256 bytes minus per-chunk overhead): 1. If one exists, use a remainderless chunk in associated smallbin. (Remainderless means that there are too few excess bytes to represent as a chunk.) 2. If it is big enough, use the dv chunk, which is normally the chunk adjacent to the one used for the most recent small request. 3. If one exists, split the smallest available chunk in a bin, saving remainder in dv. 4. If it is big enough, use the top chunk. 5. If available, get memory from system and use it Otherwise, for a large request: 1. Find the smallest available binned chunk that fits, and use it if it is better fitting than dv chunk, splitting if necessary. 2. If better fitting than any binned chunk, use the dv chunk. 3. If it is big enough, use the top chunk. 4. If request size >= mmap threshold, try to directly mmap this chunk. 5. If available, get memory from system and use it The ugly goto's here ensure that postaction occurs along all paths. */ #if USE_LOCKS ensure_initialization(); /* initialize in sys_alloc if not using locks */ #endif if (!PREACTION(gm)) { void* mem; size_t nb; if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) { bindex_t idx; binmap_t smallbits; nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes); idx = small_index(nb); smallbits = gm->smallmap >> idx; if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */ mchunkptr b, p; idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */ b = smallbin_at(gm, idx); p = b->fd; assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx)); unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, idx); set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(idx)); mem = chunk2mem(p); check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); goto postaction; } else if (nb > gm->dvsize) { if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */ mchunkptr b, p, r; size_t rsize; bindex_t i; binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx)); binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); b = smallbin_at(gm, i); p = b->fd; assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i)); unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, i); rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb; /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */ if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(i)); else { set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); replace_dv(gm, r, rsize); } mem = chunk2mem(p); check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); goto postaction; } else if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(gm, nb)) != 0) { check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); goto postaction; } } } else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */ else { nb = pad_request(bytes); if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(gm, nb)) != 0) { check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); goto postaction; } } if (nb <= gm->dvsize) { size_t rsize = gm->dvsize - nb; mchunkptr p = gm->dv; if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */ mchunkptr r = gm->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); gm->dvsize = rsize; set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); } else { /* exhaust dv */ size_t dvs = gm->dvsize; gm->dvsize = 0; gm->dv = 0; set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, dvs); } mem = chunk2mem(p); check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); goto postaction; } else if (nb < gm->topsize) { /* Split top */ size_t rsize = gm->topsize -= nb; mchunkptr p = gm->top; mchunkptr r = gm->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); mem = chunk2mem(p); check_top_chunk(gm, gm->top); check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); goto postaction; } mem = sys_alloc(gm, nb); postaction: POSTACTION(gm); #if __EMSCRIPTEN__ /* XXX Emscripten Tracing API. */ emscripten_trace_record_allocation(mem, bytes); #endif return mem; } return 0; } /* ---------------------------- free --------------------------- */ void dlfree(void* mem) { /* Consolidate freed chunks with preceeding or succeeding bordering free chunks, if they exist, and then place in a bin. Intermixed with special cases for top, dv, mmapped chunks, and usage errors. */ if (mem != 0) { #if __EMSCRIPTEN__ /* XXX Emscripten Tracing API. */ emscripten_trace_record_free(mem); #endif mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); #if FOOTERS mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); if (!ok_magic(fm)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); return; } #else /* FOOTERS */ #define fm gm #endif /* FOOTERS */ if (!PREACTION(fm)) { check_inuse_chunk(fm, p); if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_inuse(p))) { size_t psize = chunksize(p); mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); if (!pinuse(p)) { size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; if (is_mmapped(p)) { psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) fm->footprint -= psize; goto postaction; } else { mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); psize += prevsize; p = prev; if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ if (p != fm->dv) { unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize); } else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { fm->dvsize = psize; set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); goto postaction; } } else goto erroraction; } } if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ if (next == fm->top) { size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize; fm->top = p; p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; if (p == fm->dv) { fm->dv = 0; fm->dvsize = 0; } if (should_trim(fm, tsize)) sys_trim(fm, 0); goto postaction; } else if (next == fm->dv) { size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize; fm->dv = p; set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); goto postaction; } else { size_t nsize = chunksize(next); psize += nsize; unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); if (p == fm->dv) { fm->dvsize = psize; goto postaction; } } } else set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); if (is_small(psize)) { insert_small_chunk(fm, p, psize); check_free_chunk(fm, p); } else { tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; insert_large_chunk(fm, tp, psize); check_free_chunk(fm, p); if (--fm->release_checks == 0) release_unused_segments(fm); } goto postaction; } } erroraction: USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); postaction: POSTACTION(fm); } } #if !FOOTERS #undef fm #endif /* FOOTERS */ } void* dlcalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) { void* mem; size_t req = 0; if (n_elements != 0) { req = n_elements * elem_size; if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) && (req / n_elements != elem_size)) req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */ } mem = dlmalloc(req); if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem))) memset(mem, 0, req); return mem; } #endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */ /* ------------ Internal support for realloc, memalign, etc -------------- */ /* Try to realloc; only in-place unless can_move true */ static mchunkptr try_realloc_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p, size_t nb, int can_move) { mchunkptr newp = 0; size_t oldsize = chunksize(p); mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, oldsize); if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, p) && ok_inuse(p) && ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { if (is_mmapped(p)) { newp = mmap_resize(m, p, nb, can_move); } else if (oldsize >= nb) { /* already big enough */ size_t rsize = oldsize - nb; if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split off remainder */ mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); set_inuse(m, p, nb); set_inuse(m, r, rsize); dispose_chunk(m, r, rsize); } newp = p; } else if (next == m->top) { /* extend into top */ if (oldsize + m->topsize > nb) { size_t newsize = oldsize + m->topsize; size_t newtopsize = newsize - nb; mchunkptr newtop = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); set_inuse(m, p, nb); newtop->head = newtopsize |PINUSE_BIT; m->top = newtop; m->topsize = newtopsize; newp = p; } } else if (next == m->dv) { /* extend into dv */ size_t dvs = m->dvsize; if (oldsize + dvs >= nb) { size_t dsize = oldsize + dvs - nb; if (dsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); mchunkptr n = chunk_plus_offset(r, dsize); set_inuse(m, p, nb); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, dsize); clear_pinuse(n); m->dvsize = dsize; m->dv = r; } else { /* exhaust dv */ size_t newsize = oldsize + dvs; set_inuse(m, p, newsize); m->dvsize = 0; m->dv = 0; } newp = p; } } else if (!cinuse(next)) { /* extend into next free chunk */ size_t nextsize = chunksize(next); if (oldsize + nextsize >= nb) { size_t rsize = oldsize + nextsize - nb; unlink_chunk(m, next, nextsize); if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { size_t newsize = oldsize + nextsize; set_inuse(m, p, newsize); } else { mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); set_inuse(m, p, nb); set_inuse(m, r, rsize); dispose_chunk(m, r, rsize); } newp = p; } } } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, chunk2mem(p)); } return newp; } static void* internal_memalign(mstate m, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { void* mem = 0; if (alignment < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) /* must be at least a minimum chunk size */ alignment = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE; if ((alignment & (alignment-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) {/* Ensure a power of 2 */ size_t a = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT << 1; while (a < alignment) a <<= 1; alignment = a; } if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST - alignment) { if (m != 0) { /* Test isn't needed but avoids compiler warning */ MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; } } else { size_t nb = request2size(bytes); size_t req = nb + alignment + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD; mem = internal_malloc(m, req); if (mem != 0) { mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); if (PREACTION(m)) return 0; if ((((size_t)(mem)) & (alignment - 1)) != 0) { /* misaligned */ /* Find an aligned spot inside chunk. Since we need to give back leading space in a chunk of at least MIN_CHUNK_SIZE, if the first calculation places us at a spot with less than MIN_CHUNK_SIZE leader, we can move to the next aligned spot. We've allocated enough total room so that this is always possible. */ char* br = (char*)mem2chunk((size_t)(((size_t)((char*)mem + alignment - SIZE_T_ONE)) & -alignment)); char* pos = ((size_t)(br - (char*)(p)) >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)? br : br+alignment; mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)pos; size_t leadsize = pos - (char*)(p); size_t newsize = chunksize(p) - leadsize; if (is_mmapped(p)) { /* For mmapped chunks, just adjust offset */ newp->prev_foot = p->prev_foot + leadsize; newp->head = newsize; } else { /* Otherwise, give back leader, use the rest */ set_inuse(m, newp, newsize); set_inuse(m, p, leadsize); dispose_chunk(m, p, leadsize); } p = newp; } /* Give back spare room at the end */ if (!is_mmapped(p)) { size_t size = chunksize(p); if (size > nb + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { size_t remainder_size = size - nb; mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); set_inuse(m, p, nb); set_inuse(m, remainder, remainder_size); dispose_chunk(m, remainder, remainder_size); } } mem = chunk2mem(p); assert (chunksize(p) >= nb); assert(((size_t)mem & (alignment - 1)) == 0); check_inuse_chunk(m, p); POSTACTION(m); } } return mem; } /* Common support for independent_X routines, handling all of the combinations that can result. The opts arg has: bit 0 set if all elements are same size (using sizes[0]) bit 1 set if elements should be zeroed */ static void** ialloc(mstate m, size_t n_elements, size_t* sizes, int opts, void* chunks[]) { size_t element_size; /* chunksize of each element, if all same */ size_t contents_size; /* total size of elements */ size_t array_size; /* request size of pointer array */ void* mem; /* malloced aggregate space */ mchunkptr p; /* corresponding chunk */ size_t remainder_size; /* remaining bytes while splitting */ void** marray; /* either "chunks" or malloced ptr array */ mchunkptr array_chunk; /* chunk for malloced ptr array */ flag_t was_enabled; /* to disable mmap */ size_t size; size_t i; ensure_initialization(); /* compute array length, if needed */ if (chunks != 0) { if (n_elements == 0) return chunks; /* nothing to do */ marray = chunks; array_size = 0; } else { /* if empty req, must still return chunk representing empty array */ if (n_elements == 0) return (void**)internal_malloc(m, 0); marray = 0; array_size = request2size(n_elements * (sizeof(void*))); } /* compute total element size */ if (opts & 0x1) { /* all-same-size */ element_size = request2size(*sizes); contents_size = n_elements * element_size; } else { /* add up all the sizes */ element_size = 0; contents_size = 0; for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i) contents_size += request2size(sizes[i]); } size = contents_size + array_size; /* Allocate the aggregate chunk. First disable direct-mmapping so malloc won't use it, since we would not be able to later free/realloc space internal to a segregated mmap region. */ was_enabled = use_mmap(m); disable_mmap(m); mem = internal_malloc(m, size - CHUNK_OVERHEAD); if (was_enabled) enable_mmap(m); if (mem == 0) return 0; if (PREACTION(m)) return 0; p = mem2chunk(mem); remainder_size = chunksize(p); assert(!is_mmapped(p)); if (opts & 0x2) { /* optionally clear the elements */ memset((size_t*)mem, 0, remainder_size - SIZE_T_SIZE - array_size); } /* If not provided, allocate the pointer array as final part of chunk */ if (marray == 0) { size_t array_chunk_size; array_chunk = chunk_plus_offset(p, contents_size); array_chunk_size = remainder_size - contents_size; marray = (void**) (chunk2mem(array_chunk)); set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, array_chunk, array_chunk_size); remainder_size = contents_size; } /* split out elements */ for (i = 0; ; ++i) { marray[i] = chunk2mem(p); if (i != n_elements-1) { if (element_size != 0) size = element_size; else size = request2size(sizes[i]); remainder_size -= size; set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, size); p = chunk_plus_offset(p, size); } else { /* the final element absorbs any overallocation slop */ set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, remainder_size); break; } } #if DEBUG if (marray != chunks) { /* final element must have exactly exhausted chunk */ if (element_size != 0) { assert(remainder_size == element_size); } else { assert(remainder_size == request2size(sizes[i])); } check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray)); } for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i) check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray[i])); #endif /* DEBUG */ POSTACTION(m); return marray; } /* Try to free all pointers in the given array. Note: this could be made faster, by delaying consolidation, at the price of disabling some user integrity checks, We still optimize some consolidations by combining adjacent chunks before freeing, which will occur often if allocated with ialloc or the array is sorted. */ static size_t internal_bulk_free(mstate m, void* array[], size_t nelem) { size_t unfreed = 0; if (!PREACTION(m)) { void** a; void** fence = &(array[nelem]); for (a = array; a != fence; ++a) { void* mem = *a; if (mem != 0) { mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); size_t psize = chunksize(p); #if FOOTERS if (get_mstate_for(p) != m) { ++unfreed; continue; } #endif check_inuse_chunk(m, p); *a = 0; if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, p) && ok_inuse(p))) { void ** b = a + 1; /* try to merge with next chunk */ mchunkptr next = next_chunk(p); if (b != fence && *b == chunk2mem(next)) { size_t newsize = chunksize(next) + psize; set_inuse(m, p, newsize); *b = chunk2mem(p); } else dispose_chunk(m, p, psize); } else { CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); break; } } } if (should_trim(m, m->topsize)) sys_trim(m, 0); POSTACTION(m); } return unfreed; } /* Traversal */ #if MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL static void internal_inspect_all(mstate m, void(*handler)(void *start, void *end, size_t used_bytes, void* callback_arg), void* arg) { if (is_initialized(m)) { mchunkptr top = m->top; msegmentptr s; for (s = &m->seg; s != 0; s = s->next) { mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); while (segment_holds(s, q) && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { mchunkptr next = next_chunk(q); size_t sz = chunksize(q); size_t used; void* start; if (is_inuse(q)) { used = sz - CHUNK_OVERHEAD; /* must not be mmapped */ start = chunk2mem(q); } else { used = 0; if (is_small(sz)) { /* offset by possible bookkeeping */ start = (void*)((char*)q + sizeof(struct malloc_chunk)); } else { start = (void*)((char*)q + sizeof(struct malloc_tree_chunk)); } } if (start < (void*)next) /* skip if all space is bookkeeping */ handler(start, next, used, arg); if (q == top) break; q = next; } } } } #endif /* MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL */ /* ------------------ Exported realloc, memalign, etc -------------------- */ #if !ONLY_MSPACES void* dlrealloc(void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { void* mem = 0; if (oldmem == 0) { mem = dlmalloc(bytes); } else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) { MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; } #ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES else if (bytes == 0) { dlfree(oldmem); } #endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */ else { size_t nb = request2size(bytes); mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem); #if ! FOOTERS mstate m = gm; #else /* FOOTERS */ mstate m = get_mstate_for(oldp); if (!ok_magic(m)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); return 0; } #endif /* FOOTERS */ if (!PREACTION(m)) { mchunkptr newp = try_realloc_chunk(m, oldp, nb, 1); POSTACTION(m); if (newp != 0) { check_inuse_chunk(m, newp); mem = chunk2mem(newp); #if __EMSCRIPTEN__ /* XXX Emscripten Tracing API. */ emscripten_trace_record_reallocation(oldmem, mem, bytes); #endif } else { mem = internal_malloc(m, bytes); if (mem != 0) { size_t oc = chunksize(oldp) - overhead_for(oldp); memcpy(mem, oldmem, (oc < bytes)? oc : bytes); internal_free(m, oldmem); } } } } return mem; } void* dlrealloc_in_place(void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { void* mem = 0; if (oldmem != 0) { if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) { MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; } else { size_t nb = request2size(bytes); mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem); #if ! FOOTERS mstate m = gm; #else /* FOOTERS */ mstate m = get_mstate_for(oldp); if (!ok_magic(m)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); return 0; } #endif /* FOOTERS */ if (!PREACTION(m)) { mchunkptr newp = try_realloc_chunk(m, oldp, nb, 0); POSTACTION(m); if (newp == oldp) { check_inuse_chunk(m, newp); mem = oldmem; } } } } #if __EMSCRIPTEN__ /* XXX Emscripten Tracing API. */ emscripten_trace_record_reallocation(oldmem, mem, bytes); #endif return mem; } void* dlmemalign(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { if (alignment <= MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) { return dlmalloc(bytes); } return internal_memalign(gm, alignment, bytes); } int dlposix_memalign(void** pp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { void* mem = 0; if (alignment == MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) mem = dlmalloc(bytes); else { size_t d = alignment / sizeof(void*); size_t r = alignment % sizeof(void*); if (r != 0 || d == 0 || (d & (d-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) return EINVAL; else if (bytes <= MAX_REQUEST - alignment) { if (alignment < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) alignment = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE; mem = internal_memalign(gm, alignment, bytes); } } if (mem == 0) return ENOMEM; else { *pp = mem; return 0; } } void* dlvalloc(size_t bytes) { size_t pagesz; ensure_initialization(); pagesz = mparams.page_size; return dlmemalign(pagesz, bytes); } void* dlpvalloc(size_t bytes) { size_t pagesz; ensure_initialization(); pagesz = mparams.page_size; return dlmemalign(pagesz, (bytes + pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE) & ~(pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE)); } void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]) { size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */ return ialloc(gm, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks); } void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]) { return ialloc(gm, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks); } size_t dlbulk_free(void* array[], size_t nelem) { return internal_bulk_free(gm, array, nelem); } #if MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL void dlmalloc_inspect_all(void(*handler)(void *start, void *end, size_t used_bytes, void* callback_arg), void* arg) { ensure_initialization(); if (!PREACTION(gm)) { internal_inspect_all(gm, handler, arg); POSTACTION(gm); } } #endif /* MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL */ int dlmalloc_trim(size_t pad) { int result = 0; ensure_initialization(); if (!PREACTION(gm)) { result = sys_trim(gm, pad); POSTACTION(gm); } return result; } size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void) { return gm->footprint; } size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void) { return gm->max_footprint; } size_t dlmalloc_footprint_limit(void) { size_t maf = gm->footprint_limit; return maf == 0 ? MAX_SIZE_T : maf; } size_t dlmalloc_set_footprint_limit(size_t bytes) { size_t result; /* invert sense of 0 */ if (bytes == 0) result = granularity_align(1); /* Use minimal size */ if (bytes == MAX_SIZE_T) result = 0; /* disable */ else result = granularity_align(bytes); return gm->footprint_limit = result; } #if !NO_MALLINFO struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void) { return internal_mallinfo(gm); } #endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ #if !NO_MALLOC_STATS void dlmalloc_stats() { internal_malloc_stats(gm); } #endif /* NO_MALLOC_STATS */ int dlmallopt(int param_number, int value) { return change_mparam(param_number, value); } size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void* mem) { if (mem != 0) { mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); if (is_inuse(p)) return chunksize(p) - overhead_for(p); } return 0; } #endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */ /* ----------------------------- user mspaces ---------------------------- */ #if MSPACES static mstate init_user_mstate(char* tbase, size_t tsize) { size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); mchunkptr mn; mchunkptr msp = align_as_chunk(tbase); mstate m = (mstate)(chunk2mem(msp)); memset(m, 0, msize); (void)INITIAL_LOCK(&m->mutex); msp->head = (msize|INUSE_BITS); m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase; m->seg.size = m->footprint = m->max_footprint = tsize; m->magic = mparams.magic; m->release_checks = MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE; m->mflags = mparams.default_mflags; m->extp = 0; m->exts = 0; disable_contiguous(m); init_bins(m); mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m)); init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); check_top_chunk(m, m->top); return m; } mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked) { mstate m = 0; size_t msize; ensure_initialization(); msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); if (capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) { size_t rs = ((capacity == 0)? mparams.granularity : (capacity + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + msize)); size_t tsize = granularity_align(rs); char* tbase = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(tsize)); if (tbase != CMFAIL) { m = init_user_mstate(tbase, tsize); m->seg.sflags = USE_MMAP_BIT; set_lock(m, locked); } } return (mspace)m; } mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked) { mstate m = 0; size_t msize; ensure_initialization(); msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); if (capacity > msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE && capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) { m = init_user_mstate((char*)base, capacity); m->seg.sflags = EXTERN_BIT; set_lock(m, locked); } return (mspace)m; } int mspace_track_large_chunks(mspace msp, int enable) { int ret = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!PREACTION(ms)) { if (!use_mmap(ms)) { ret = 1; } if (!enable) { enable_mmap(ms); } else { disable_mmap(ms); } POSTACTION(ms); } return ret; } size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp) { size_t freed = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { msegmentptr sp = &ms->seg; (void)DESTROY_LOCK(&ms->mutex); /* destroy before unmapped */ while (sp != 0) { char* base = sp->base; size_t size = sp->size; flag_t flag = sp->sflags; (void)base; /* placate people compiling -Wunused-variable */ sp = sp->next; if ((flag & USE_MMAP_BIT) && !(flag & EXTERN_BIT) && CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) freed += size; } } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return freed; } /* mspace versions of routines are near-clones of the global versions. This is not so nice but better than the alternatives. */ void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes) { mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!ok_magic(ms)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); return 0; } if (!PREACTION(ms)) { void* mem; size_t nb; if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) { bindex_t idx; binmap_t smallbits; nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes); idx = small_index(nb); smallbits = ms->smallmap >> idx; if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */ mchunkptr b, p; idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */ b = smallbin_at(ms, idx); p = b->fd; assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx)); unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, idx); set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(idx)); mem = chunk2mem(p); check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); goto postaction; } else if (nb > ms->dvsize) { if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */ mchunkptr b, p, r; size_t rsize; bindex_t i; binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx)); binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); b = smallbin_at(ms, i); p = b->fd; assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i)); unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, i); rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb; /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */ if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(i)); else { set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); replace_dv(ms, r, rsize); } mem = chunk2mem(p); check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); goto postaction; } else if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(ms, nb)) != 0) { check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); goto postaction; } } } else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */ else { nb = pad_request(bytes); if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(ms, nb)) != 0) { check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); goto postaction; } } if (nb <= ms->dvsize) { size_t rsize = ms->dvsize - nb; mchunkptr p = ms->dv; if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */ mchunkptr r = ms->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); ms->dvsize = rsize; set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); } else { /* exhaust dv */ size_t dvs = ms->dvsize; ms->dvsize = 0; ms->dv = 0; set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, dvs); } mem = chunk2mem(p); check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); goto postaction; } else if (nb < ms->topsize) { /* Split top */ size_t rsize = ms->topsize -= nb; mchunkptr p = ms->top; mchunkptr r = ms->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); mem = chunk2mem(p); check_top_chunk(ms, ms->top); check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); goto postaction; } mem = sys_alloc(ms, nb); postaction: POSTACTION(ms); return mem; } return 0; } void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem) { if (mem != 0) { mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); #if FOOTERS mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); (void)msp; /* placate people compiling -Wunused */ #else /* FOOTERS */ mstate fm = (mstate)msp; #endif /* FOOTERS */ if (!ok_magic(fm)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); return; } if (!PREACTION(fm)) { check_inuse_chunk(fm, p); if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_inuse(p))) { size_t psize = chunksize(p); mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); if (!pinuse(p)) { size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; if (is_mmapped(p)) { psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) fm->footprint -= psize; goto postaction; } else { mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); psize += prevsize; p = prev; if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ if (p != fm->dv) { unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize); } else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { fm->dvsize = psize; set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); goto postaction; } } else goto erroraction; } } if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ if (next == fm->top) { size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize; fm->top = p; p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; if (p == fm->dv) { fm->dv = 0; fm->dvsize = 0; } if (should_trim(fm, tsize)) sys_trim(fm, 0); goto postaction; } else if (next == fm->dv) { size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize; fm->dv = p; set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); goto postaction; } else { size_t nsize = chunksize(next); psize += nsize; unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize); set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); if (p == fm->dv) { fm->dvsize = psize; goto postaction; } } } else set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); if (is_small(psize)) { insert_small_chunk(fm, p, psize); check_free_chunk(fm, p); } else { tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; insert_large_chunk(fm, tp, psize); check_free_chunk(fm, p); if (--fm->release_checks == 0) release_unused_segments(fm); } goto postaction; } } erroraction: USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); postaction: POSTACTION(fm); } } } void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) { void* mem; size_t req = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!ok_magic(ms)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); return 0; } if (n_elements != 0) { req = n_elements * elem_size; if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) && (req / n_elements != elem_size)) req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */ } mem = internal_malloc(ms, req); if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem))) memset(mem, 0, req); return mem; } void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { void* mem = 0; if (oldmem == 0) { mem = mspace_malloc(msp, bytes); } else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) { MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; } #ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES else if (bytes == 0) { mspace_free(msp, oldmem); } #endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */ else { size_t nb = request2size(bytes); mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem); #if ! FOOTERS mstate m = (mstate)msp; #else /* FOOTERS */ mstate m = get_mstate_for(oldp); if (!ok_magic(m)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); return 0; } #endif /* FOOTERS */ if (!PREACTION(m)) { mchunkptr newp = try_realloc_chunk(m, oldp, nb, 1); POSTACTION(m); if (newp != 0) { check_inuse_chunk(m, newp); mem = chunk2mem(newp); } else { mem = mspace_malloc(m, bytes); if (mem != 0) { size_t oc = chunksize(oldp) - overhead_for(oldp); memcpy(mem, oldmem, (oc < bytes)? oc : bytes); mspace_free(m, oldmem); } } } } return mem; } void* mspace_realloc_in_place(mspace msp, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { void* mem = 0; if (oldmem != 0) { if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) { MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; } else { size_t nb = request2size(bytes); mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem); #if ! FOOTERS mstate m = (mstate)msp; #else /* FOOTERS */ mstate m = get_mstate_for(oldp); (void)msp; /* placate people compiling -Wunused */ if (!ok_magic(m)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); return 0; } #endif /* FOOTERS */ if (!PREACTION(m)) { mchunkptr newp = try_realloc_chunk(m, oldp, nb, 0); POSTACTION(m); if (newp == oldp) { check_inuse_chunk(m, newp); mem = oldmem; } } } } return mem; } void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!ok_magic(ms)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); return 0; } if (alignment <= MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) return mspace_malloc(msp, bytes); return internal_memalign(ms, alignment, bytes); } void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]) { size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */ mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!ok_magic(ms)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); return 0; } return ialloc(ms, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks); } void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]) { mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!ok_magic(ms)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); return 0; } return ialloc(ms, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks); } size_t mspace_bulk_free(mspace msp, void* array[], size_t nelem) { return internal_bulk_free((mstate)msp, array, nelem); } #if MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL void mspace_inspect_all(mspace msp, void(*handler)(void *start, void *end, size_t used_bytes, void* callback_arg), void* arg) { mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { if (!PREACTION(ms)) { internal_inspect_all(ms, handler, arg); POSTACTION(ms); } } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } } #endif /* MALLOC_INSPECT_ALL */ int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad) { int result = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { if (!PREACTION(ms)) { result = sys_trim(ms, pad); POSTACTION(ms); } } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return result; } #if !NO_MALLOC_STATS void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp) { mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { internal_malloc_stats(ms); } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } } #endif /* NO_MALLOC_STATS */ size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp) { size_t result = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { result = ms->footprint; } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return result; } size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp) { size_t result = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { result = ms->max_footprint; } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return result; } size_t mspace_footprint_limit(mspace msp) { size_t result = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { size_t maf = ms->footprint_limit; result = (maf == 0) ? MAX_SIZE_T : maf; } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return result; } size_t mspace_set_footprint_limit(mspace msp, size_t bytes) { size_t result = 0; mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (ok_magic(ms)) { if (bytes == 0) result = granularity_align(1); /* Use minimal size */ if (bytes == MAX_SIZE_T) result = 0; /* disable */ else result = granularity_align(bytes); ms->footprint_limit = result; } else { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return result; } #if !NO_MALLINFO struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp) { mstate ms = (mstate)msp; if (!ok_magic(ms)) { USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); } return internal_mallinfo(ms); } #endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ size_t mspace_usable_size(const void* mem) { if (mem != 0) { mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); if (is_inuse(p)) return chunksize(p) - overhead_for(p); } return 0; } int mspace_mallopt(int param_number, int value) { return change_mparam(param_number, value); } #endif /* MSPACES */ // Export malloc and free as duplicate names emscripten_builtin_malloc and // emscripten_builtin_free so that applications can replace malloc and free // in their code, and make those replacements refer to the original dlmalloc // and dlfree from this file. // This allows an easy mechanism for hooking into memory allocation. #if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !ONLY_MSPACES extern __typeof(malloc) emscripten_builtin_malloc __attribute__((alias("dlmalloc"))); extern __typeof(free) emscripten_builtin_free __attribute__((alias("dlfree"))); extern __typeof(memalign) emscripten_builtin_memalign __attribute__((alias("dlmemalign"))); #endif /* -------------------- Alternative MORECORE functions ------------------- */ /* Guidelines for creating a custom version of MORECORE: * For best performance, MORECORE should allocate in multiples of pagesize. * MORECORE may allocate more memory than requested. (Or even less, but this will usually result in a malloc failure.) * MORECORE must not allocate memory when given argument zero, but instead return one past the end address of memory from previous nonzero call. * For best performance, consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive arguments should return increasing addresses, indicating that space has been contiguously extended. * Even though consecutive calls to MORECORE need not return contiguous addresses, it must be OK for malloc'ed chunks to span multiple regions in those cases where they do happen to be contiguous. * MORECORE need not handle negative arguments -- it may instead just return MFAIL when given negative arguments. Negative arguments are always multiples of pagesize. MORECORE must not misinterpret negative args as large positive unsigned args unless UNSIGNED_MORECORE is defined. You can suppress all such calls from even occurring by defining MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM, As an example alternative MORECORE, here is a custom allocator kindly contributed for pre-OSX macOS. It uses virtually but not necessarily physically contiguous non-paged memory (locked in, present and won't get swapped out). You can use it by uncommenting this section, adding some #includes, and setting up the appropriate defines above: #define MORECORE osMoreCore There is also a shutdown routine that should somehow be called for cleanup upon program exit. #define MAX_POOL_ENTRIES 100 #define MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE (64 * 1024U) static int next_os_pool; void *our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; void *osMoreCore(int size) { void *ptr = 0; static void *sbrk_top = 0; if (size > 0) { if (size < MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE) size = MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE; if (CurrentExecutionLevel() == kTaskLevel) ptr = PoolAllocateResident(size + RM_PAGE_SIZE, 0); if (ptr == 0) { return (void *) MFAIL; } // save ptrs so they can be freed during cleanup our_os_pools[next_os_pool] = ptr; next_os_pool++; ptr = (void *) ((((size_t) ptr) + RM_PAGE_MASK) & ~RM_PAGE_MASK); sbrk_top = (char *) ptr + size; return ptr; } else if (size < 0) { // we don't currently support shrink behavior return (void *) MFAIL; } else { return sbrk_top; } } // cleanup any allocated memory pools // called as last thing before shutting down driver void osCleanupMem(void) { void **ptr; for (ptr = our_os_pools; ptr < &our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; ptr++) if (*ptr) { PoolDeallocate(*ptr); *ptr = 0; } } */ /* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- History: v2.8.6 Wed Aug 29 06:57:58 2012 Doug Lea * fix bad comparison in dlposix_memalign * don't reuse adjusted asize in sys_alloc * add LOCK_AT_FORK -- thanks to Kirill Artamonov for the suggestion * reduce compiler warnings -- thanks to all who reported/suggested these v2.8.5 Sun May 22 10:26:02 2011 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Always perform unlink checks unless INSECURE * Add posix_memalign. * Improve realloc to expand in more cases; expose realloc_in_place. Thanks to Peter Buhr for the suggestion. * Add footprint_limit, inspect_all, bulk_free. Thanks to Barry Hayes and others for the suggestions. * Internal refactorings to avoid calls while holding locks * Use non-reentrant locks by default. Thanks to Roland McGrath for the suggestion. * Small fixes to mspace_destroy, reset_on_error. * Various configuration extensions/changes. Thanks to all who contributed these. V2.8.4a Thu Apr 28 14:39:43 2011 (dl at gee.cs.oswego.edu) * Update Creative Commons URL V2.8.4 Wed May 27 09:56:23 2009 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Use zeros instead of prev foot for is_mmapped * Add mspace_track_large_chunks; thanks to Jean Brouwers * Fix set_inuse in internal_realloc; thanks to Jean Brouwers * Fix insufficient sys_alloc padding when using 16byte alignment * Fix bad error check in mspace_footprint * Adaptations for ptmalloc; thanks to Wolfram Gloger. * Reentrant spin locks; thanks to Earl Chew and others * Win32 improvements; thanks to Niall Douglas and Earl Chew * Add NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL and MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE options * Extension hook in malloc_state * Various small adjustments to reduce warnings on some compilers * Various configuration extensions/changes for more platforms. Thanks to all who contributed these. V2.8.3 Thu Sep 22 11:16:32 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Add max_footprint functions * Ensure all appropriate literals are size_t * Fix conditional compilation problem for some #define settings * Avoid concatenating segments with the one provided in create_mspace_with_base * Rename some variables to avoid compiler shadowing warnings * Use explicit lock initialization. * Better handling of sbrk interference. * Simplify and fix segment insertion, trimming and mspace_destroy * Reinstate REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES option from 2.7.x * Thanks especially to Dennis Flanagan for help on these. V2.8.2 Sun Jun 12 16:01:10 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Fix memalign brace error. V2.8.1 Wed Jun 8 16:11:46 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Fix improper #endif nesting in C++ * Add explicit casts needed for C++ V2.8.0 Mon May 30 14:09:02 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Use trees for large bins * Support mspaces * Use segments to unify sbrk-based and mmap-based system allocation, removing need for emulation on most platforms without sbrk. * Default safety checks * Optional footer checks. Thanks to William Robertson for the idea. * Internal code refactoring * Incorporate suggestions and platform-specific changes. Thanks to Dennis Flanagan, Colin Plumb, Niall Douglas, Aaron Bachmann, Emery Berger, and others. * Speed up non-fastbin processing enough to remove fastbins. * Remove useless cfree() to avoid conflicts with other apps. * Remove internal memcpy, memset. Compilers handle builtins better. * Remove some options that no one ever used and rename others. V2.7.2 Sat Aug 17 09:07:30 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Fix malloc_state bitmap array misdeclaration V2.7.1 Thu Jul 25 10:58:03 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Allow tuning of FIRST_SORTED_BIN_SIZE * Use PTR_UINT as type for all ptr->int casts. Thanks to John Belmonte. * Better detection and support for non-contiguousness of MORECORE. Thanks to Andreas Mueller, Conal Walsh, and Wolfram Gloger * Bypass most of malloc if no frees. Thanks To Emery Berger. * Fix freeing of old top non-contiguous chunk im sysmalloc. * Raised default trim and map thresholds to 256K. * Fix mmap-related #defines. Thanks to Lubos Lunak. * Fix copy macros; added LACKS_FCNTL_H. Thanks to Neal Walfield. * Branch-free bin calculation * Default trim and mmap thresholds now 256K. V2.7.0 Sun Mar 11 14:14:06 2001 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Introduce independent_comalloc and independent_calloc. Thanks to Michael Pachos for motivation and help. * Make optional .h file available * Allow > 2GB requests on 32bit systems. * new WIN32 sbrk, mmap, munmap, lock code from . Thanks also to Andreas Mueller , and Anonymous. * Allow override of MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (Thanks to Ruud Waij for helping test this.) * memalign: check alignment arg * realloc: don't try to shift chunks backwards, since this leads to more fragmentation in some programs and doesn't seem to help in any others. * Collect all cases in malloc requiring system memory into sysmalloc * Use mmap as backup to sbrk * Place all internal state in malloc_state * Introduce fastbins (although similar to 2.5.1) * Many minor tunings and cosmetic improvements * Introduce USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS, USE_MALLOC_LOCK * Introduce MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION, MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS Thanks to Tony E. Bennett and others. * Include errno.h to support default failure action. V2.6.6 Sun Dec 5 07:42:19 1999 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * return null for negative arguments * Added Several WIN32 cleanups from Martin C. Fong * Add 'LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H' for those systems without 'sys/param.h' (e.g. WIN32 platforms) * Cleanup header file inclusion for WIN32 platforms * Cleanup code to avoid Microsoft Visual C++ compiler complaints * Add 'USE_DL_PREFIX' to quickly allow co-existence with existing memory allocation routines * Set 'malloc_getpagesize' for WIN32 platforms (needs more work) * Use 'assert' rather than 'ASSERT' in WIN32 code to conform to usage of 'assert' in non-WIN32 code * Improve WIN32 'sbrk()' emulation's 'findRegion()' routine to avoid infinite loop * Always call 'fREe()' rather than 'free()' V2.6.5 Wed Jun 17 15:57:31 1998 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Fixed ordering problem with boundary-stamping V2.6.3 Sun May 19 08:17:58 1996 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Added pvalloc, as recommended by H.J. Liu * Added 64bit pointer support mainly from Wolfram Gloger * Added anonymously donated WIN32 sbrk emulation * Malloc, calloc, getpagesize: add optimizations from Raymond Nijssen * malloc_extend_top: fix mask error that caused wastage after foreign sbrks * Add linux mremap support code from HJ Liu V2.6.2 Tue Dec 5 06:52:55 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Integrated most documentation with the code. * Add support for mmap, with help from Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de). * Use last_remainder in more cases. * Pack bins using idea from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu * Use ordered bins instead of best-fit threshhold * Eliminate block-local decls to simplify tracing and debugging. * Support another case of realloc via move into top * Fix error occuring when initial sbrk_base not word-aligned. * Rely on page size for units instead of SBRK_UNIT to avoid surprises about sbrk alignment conventions. * Add mallinfo, mallopt. Thanks to Raymond Nijssen (raymond@es.ele.tue.nl) for the suggestion. * Add `pad' argument to malloc_trim and top_pad mallopt parameter. * More precautions for cases where other routines call sbrk, courtesy of Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de). * Added macros etc., allowing use in linux libc from H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu) * Inverted this history list V2.6.1 Sat Dec 2 14:10:57 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Re-tuned and fixed to behave more nicely with V2.6.0 changes. * Removed all preallocation code since under current scheme the work required to undo bad preallocations exceeds the work saved in good cases for most test programs. * No longer use return list or unconsolidated bins since no scheme using them consistently outperforms those that don't given above changes. * Use best fit for very large chunks to prevent some worst-cases. * Added some support for debugging V2.6.0 Sat Nov 4 07:05:23 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Removed footers when chunks are in use. Thanks to Paul Wilson (wilson@cs.texas.edu) for the suggestion. V2.5.4 Wed Nov 1 07:54:51 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) * Added malloc_trim, with help from Wolfram Gloger (wmglo@Dent.MED.Uni-Muenchen.DE). V2.5.3 Tue Apr 26 10:16:01 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g) V2.5.2 Tue Apr 5 16:20:40 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g) * realloc: try to expand in both directions * malloc: swap order of clean-bin strategy; * realloc: only conditionally expand backwards * Try not to scavenge used bins * Use bin counts as a guide to preallocation * Occasionally bin return list chunks in first scan * Add a few optimizations from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu V2.5.1 Sat Aug 14 15:40:43 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g) * faster bin computation & slightly different binning * merged all consolidations to one part of malloc proper (eliminating old malloc_find_space & malloc_clean_bin) * Scan 2 returns chunks (not just 1) * Propagate failure in realloc if malloc returns 0 * Add stuff to allow compilation on non-ANSI compilers from kpv@research.att.com V2.5 Sat Aug 7 07:41:59 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu) * removed potential for odd address access in prev_chunk * removed dependency on getpagesize.h * misc cosmetics and a bit more internal documentation * anticosmetics: mangled names in macros to evade debugger strangeness * tested on sparc, hp-700, dec-mips, rs6000 with gcc & native cc (hp, dec only) allowing Detlefs & Zorn comparison study (in SIGPLAN Notices.) Trial version Fri Aug 28 13:14:29 1992 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu) * Based loosely on libg++-1.2X malloc. (It retains some of the overall structure of old version, but most details differ.) */ ===== licenses/libcxx-LICENSE.txt ===== ============================================================================== The LLVM Project is under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions: ============================================================================== Apache License Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION 1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License. "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License. "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files. "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below). "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof. "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work. 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License. You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License. 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives. Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. ---- LLVM Exceptions to the Apache 2.0 License ---- As an exception, if, as a result of your compiling your source code, portions of this Software are embedded into an Object form of such source code, you may redistribute such embedded portions in such Object form without complying with the conditions of Sections 4(a), 4(b) and 4(d) of the License. In addition, if you combine or link compiled forms of this Software with software that is licensed under the GPLv2 ("Combined Software") and if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the patent provision (Section 3), the indemnity provision (Section 9) or other Section of the License conflicts with the conditions of the GPLv2, you may retroactively and prospectively choose to deem waived or otherwise exclude such Section(s) of the License, but only in their entirety and only with respect to the Combined Software. ============================================================================== Software from third parties included in the LLVM Project: ============================================================================== The LLVM Project contains third party software which is under different license terms. All such code will be identified clearly using at least one of two mechanisms: 1) It will be in a separate directory tree with its own `LICENSE.txt` or `LICENSE` file at the top containing the specific license and restrictions which apply to that software, or 2) It will contain specific license and restriction terms at the top of every file. ============================================================================== Legacy LLVM License (https://llvm.org/docs/DeveloperPolicy.html#legacy): ============================================================================== The libc++ library is dual licensed under both the University of Illinois "BSD-Like" license and the MIT license. As a user of this code you may choose to use it under either license. As a contributor, you agree to allow your code to be used under both. Full text of the relevant licenses is included below. ============================================================================== University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License Copyright (c) 2009-2019 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT All rights reserved. Developed by: LLVM Team University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign http://llvm.org Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal with the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the names of the LLVM Team, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS WITH THE SOFTWARE. ============================================================================== Copyright (c) 2009-2014 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/libcxxabi-LICENSE.txt ===== ============================================================================== The LLVM Project is under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions: ============================================================================== Apache License Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION 1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License. "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License. "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files. "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below). "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof. "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work. 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License. You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License. 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives. Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. ---- LLVM Exceptions to the Apache 2.0 License ---- As an exception, if, as a result of your compiling your source code, portions of this Software are embedded into an Object form of such source code, you may redistribute such embedded portions in such Object form without complying with the conditions of Sections 4(a), 4(b) and 4(d) of the License. In addition, if you combine or link compiled forms of this Software with software that is licensed under the GPLv2 ("Combined Software") and if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the patent provision (Section 3), the indemnity provision (Section 9) or other Section of the License conflicts with the conditions of the GPLv2, you may retroactively and prospectively choose to deem waived or otherwise exclude such Section(s) of the License, but only in their entirety and only with respect to the Combined Software. ============================================================================== Software from third parties included in the LLVM Project: ============================================================================== The LLVM Project contains third party software which is under different license terms. All such code will be identified clearly using at least one of two mechanisms: 1) It will be in a separate directory tree with its own `LICENSE.txt` or `LICENSE` file at the top containing the specific license and restrictions which apply to that software, or 2) It will contain specific license and restriction terms at the top of every file. ============================================================================== Legacy LLVM License (https://llvm.org/docs/DeveloperPolicy.html#legacy): ============================================================================== The libc++abi library is dual licensed under both the University of Illinois "BSD-Like" license and the MIT license. As a user of this code you may choose to use it under either license. As a contributor, you agree to allow your code to be used under both. Full text of the relevant licenses is included below. ============================================================================== University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License Copyright (c) 2009-2019 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT All rights reserved. Developed by: LLVM Team University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign http://llvm.org Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal with the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the names of the LLVM Team, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS WITH THE SOFTWARE. ============================================================================== Copyright (c) 2009-2014 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/libde265-LGPL-GPL.txt ===== * The library `libde265` is distributed under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License. * The sample applications are distributed under the terms of the MIT license. License texts below and in the `COPYING` files of the corresponding subfolders. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. 0. Additional Definitions. As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode of using an interface provided by the Library. A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked Version". The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. 2. Conveying Modified Versions. If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified version: a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the function or data, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of this License applicable to that copy. 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates (ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document. 4. Combined Works. You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of the following: a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document. c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. d) Do one of the following: 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source. 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked Version. e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise be required to provide such information under section 6 of the GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is necessary to install and execute a modified version of the Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source.) 5. Combined Libraries. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your choice, if you do both of the following: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, conveyed under the terms of this License. b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that published version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the Library. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0. Definitions. "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients" may be individuals or organizations. To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of a work. A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact all notices". c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Copyright (C) This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see . The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read . ---------------------------------------------------------------------- MIT License Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/libheif-LGPL-GPL.txt ===== * The library `libheif` is distributed under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License. * The sample applications and the Go and C++ wrappers are distributed under the terms of the MIT License. License texts below and in the `COPYING` files of the corresponding subfolders. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. 0. Additional Definitions. As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode of using an interface provided by the Library. A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked Version". The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. 2. Conveying Modified Versions. If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified version: a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the function or data, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of this License applicable to that copy. 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates (ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document. 4. Combined Works. You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of the following: a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license document. c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. d) Do one of the following: 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source. 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked Version. e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise be required to provide such information under section 6 of the GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is necessary to install and execute a modified version of the Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying Corresponding Source.) 5. Combined Libraries. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your choice, if you do both of the following: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, conveyed under the terms of this License. b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that published version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the Library. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0. Definitions. "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients" may be individuals or organizations. To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of a work. A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact all notices". c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Copyright (C) This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see . The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read . ---------------------------------------------------------------------- MIT License Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/libunwind-LICENSE.txt ===== ============================================================================== The LLVM Project is under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions: ============================================================================== Apache License Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION 1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License. "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License. "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files. "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below). "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof. "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work. 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions: (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License. You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License. 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions. 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives. Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. ---- LLVM Exceptions to the Apache 2.0 License ---- As an exception, if, as a result of your compiling your source code, portions of this Software are embedded into an Object form of such source code, you may redistribute such embedded portions in such Object form without complying with the conditions of Sections 4(a), 4(b) and 4(d) of the License. In addition, if you combine or link compiled forms of this Software with software that is licensed under the GPLv2 ("Combined Software") and if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the patent provision (Section 3), the indemnity provision (Section 9) or other Section of the License conflicts with the conditions of the GPLv2, you may retroactively and prospectively choose to deem waived or otherwise exclude such Section(s) of the License, but only in their entirety and only with respect to the Combined Software. ============================================================================== Software from third parties included in the LLVM Project: ============================================================================== The LLVM Project contains third party software which is under different license terms. All such code will be identified clearly using at least one of two mechanisms: 1) It will be in a separate directory tree with its own `LICENSE.txt` or `LICENSE` file at the top containing the specific license and restrictions which apply to that software, or 2) It will contain specific license and restriction terms at the top of every file. ============================================================================== Legacy LLVM License (https://llvm.org/docs/DeveloperPolicy.html#legacy): ============================================================================== The libunwind library is dual licensed under both the University of Illinois "BSD-Like" license and the MIT license. As a user of this code you may choose to use it under either license. As a contributor, you agree to allow your code to be used under both. Full text of the relevant licenses is included below. ============================================================================== University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License Copyright (c) 2009-2019 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT All rights reserved. Developed by: LLVM Team University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign http://llvm.org Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal with the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the names of the LLVM Team, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS WITH THE SOFTWARE. ============================================================================== Copyright (c) 2009-2014 by the contributors listed in CREDITS.TXT Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ===== licenses/musl-COPYRIGHT.txt ===== musl as a whole is licensed under the following standard MIT license: ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Copyright © 2005-2020 Rich Felker, et al. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Authors/contributors include: A. Wilcox Ada Worcester Alex Dowad Alex Suykov Alexander Monakov Andre McCurdy Andrew Kelley Anthony G. Basile Aric Belsito Arvid Picciani Bartosz Brachaczek Benjamin Peterson Bobby Bingham Boris Brezillon Brent Cook Chris Spiegel Clément Vasseur Daniel Micay Daniel Sabogal Daurnimator David Carlier David Edelsohn Denys Vlasenko Dmitry Ivanov Dmitry V. Levin Drew DeVault Emil Renner Berthing Fangrui Song Felix Fietkau Felix Janda Gianluca Anzolin Hauke Mehrtens He X Hiltjo Posthuma Isaac Dunham Jaydeep Patil Jens Gustedt Jeremy Huntwork Jo-Philipp Wich Joakim Sindholt John Spencer Julien Ramseier Justin Cormack Kaarle Ritvanen Khem Raj Kylie McClain Leah Neukirchen Luca Barbato Luka Perkov M Farkas-Dyck (Strake) Mahesh Bodapati Markus Wichmann Masanori Ogino Michael Clark Michael Forney Mikhail Kremnyov Natanael Copa Nicholas J. Kain orc Pascal Cuoq Patrick Oppenlander Petr Hosek Petr Skocik Pierre Carrier Reini Urban Rich Felker Richard Pennington Ryan Fairfax Samuel Holland Segev Finer Shiz sin Solar Designer Stefan Kristiansson Stefan O'Rear Szabolcs Nagy Timo Teräs Trutz Behn Valentin Ochs Will Dietz William Haddon William Pitcock Portions of this software are derived from third-party works licensed under terms compatible with the above MIT license: The TRE regular expression implementation (src/regex/reg* and src/regex/tre*) is Copyright © 2001-2008 Ville Laurikari and licensed under a 2-clause BSD license (license text in the source files). The included version has been heavily modified by Rich Felker in 2012, in the interests of size, simplicity, and namespace cleanliness. Much of the math library code (src/math/* and src/complex/*) is Copyright © 1993,2004 Sun Microsystems or Copyright © 2003-2011 David Schultz or Copyright © 2003-2009 Steven G. Kargl or Copyright © 2003-2009 Bruce D. Evans or Copyright © 2008 Stephen L. Moshier or Copyright © 2017-2018 Arm Limited and labelled as such in comments in the individual source files. All have been licensed under extremely permissive terms. The ARM memcpy code (src/string/arm/memcpy.S) is Copyright © 2008 The Android Open Source Project and is licensed under a two-clause BSD license. It was taken from Bionic libc, used on Android. The AArch64 memcpy and memset code (src/string/aarch64/*) are Copyright © 1999-2019, Arm Limited. The implementation of DES for crypt (src/crypt/crypt_des.c) is Copyright © 1994 David Burren. It is licensed under a BSD license. The implementation of blowfish crypt (src/crypt/crypt_blowfish.c) was originally written by Solar Designer and placed into the public domain. The code also comes with a fallback permissive license for use in jurisdictions that may not recognize the public domain. The smoothsort implementation (src/stdlib/qsort.c) is Copyright © 2011 Valentin Ochs and is licensed under an MIT-style license. The x86_64 port was written by Nicholas J. Kain and is licensed under the standard MIT terms. The mips and microblaze ports were originally written by Richard Pennington for use in the ellcc project. The original code was adapted by Rich Felker for build system and code conventions during upstream integration. It is licensed under the standard MIT terms. The mips64 port was contributed by Imagination Technologies and is licensed under the standard MIT terms. The powerpc port was also originally written by Richard Pennington, and later supplemented and integrated by John Spencer. It is licensed under the standard MIT terms. All other files which have no copyright comments are original works produced specifically for use as part of this library, written either by Rich Felker, the main author of the library, or by one or more contibutors listed above. Details on authorship of individual files can be found in the git version control history of the project. The omission of copyright and license comments in each file is in the interest of source tree size. In addition, permission is hereby granted for all public header files (include/* and arch/*/bits/*) and crt files intended to be linked into applications (crt/*, ldso/dlstart.c, and arch/*/crt_arch.h) to omit the copyright notice and permission notice otherwise required by the license, and to use these files without any requirement of attribution. These files include substantial contributions from: Bobby Bingham John Spencer Nicholas J. Kain Rich Felker Richard Pennington Stefan Kristiansson Szabolcs Nagy all of whom have explicitly granted such permission. This file previously contained text expressing a belief that most of the files covered by the above exception were sufficiently trivial not to be subject to copyright, resulting in confusion over whether it negated the permissions granted in the license. In the spirit of permissive licensing, and of not having licensing issues being an obstacle to adoption, that text has been removed.